Home

Pontiac 1999 Firebird Automobile User Manual

Contents

1. 7 23 Scheduled Maintenance Services 7 4 Maintenance Underbody 0000 6 62 Maintenance When Trailer Towing 4 40 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 00 2 84 Manual Control Climate System 00 005 3 2 Four Way Seat 4 cede cca RR e hme ets 1 3 Front Seat ee esee ra epe ge ORE ig 1 2 Fully Articulating Sport Seat 0 0 1 5 Lumbar v hee vere Ree SD ER PUE 1 4 Manual Transmission CHECKS iret ete aree eques dunque 7 18 Five Speed i egest delebo ia ia bt teo 2 32 Fluid exegit uo RP Rete da 6 24 Sch E CD 2 32 Parking Your Vehicle 0 000 020 0000 2 40 Shift Speeds i c ete RR e Rx Rd 2 34 DIR SPCed sopar Rode eie ibceder ees 2 33 Skip Shift Light 00 0 2 eee eee 2 35 SALI osse Ge pease Vaso Rr AoA cedes ie d 2 25 Map Pocket i RR m9 me ER ee 2 55 Methanol 1 eroe doe eR Xe aant Roh Reni eons 6 5 MIITOIS Li pre ESEREUUMMESUe S ER M Regi ode 2 54 Convex Outside sllsessesleeseees 2 55 Inside Day Night Rearview lesus 2 54 Manual Remote Control 0 000 ee eee 2 54 Outside Manual Adjustable 2 54 Power Remote Control 0 2 000 e eee 2 54 Visor Vanity esee ed mia EM lend ewes 2 58 MMT iike9keo ex bu PYXGGe dens FETA ep T E 6 4 Mountain Roads 0 cece eee esee 4 24 Neutral Automatic Transmission 0 2 30 N
2. 2 38 Operation 122i seesaw ere e RR Y EX erret 2 29 Park Mechanism Check 0 0 0 0 0 0000 7 20 Running Engine While Parked 2 4 Shifting Into PARK P 002008 2 37 Shifting Out of PARK P 00 005 2 39 Starting Your Engine 0 008 2 25 Torque Lock eR eee es rinst 2 39 Axle REAR 24 4 slccseeca kr ded aba dor oie 6 27 1 22 Battery PES RE EE SEES CR TNS E X PRU RR PORE eoe 6 37 Jump Starting 0 00 ee eee eee 5 3 Replacement Remote Keyless Entry 2 10 WarnieS asset eit s etic hae ened PRIX dua REEF DO 5 3 BBB Auto Line ssseseleee ees 8 4 Before Leaving On A Long Trip 4 23 Better Business Bureau Mediation 8 4 Blizzard i eeceecrelb peres eR he ees 4 29 Brake Adjustment cci seiri e eds Cac eas wees 6 37 Jn MERE 6 34 Master Cylinder 0 000000 esses 6 34 Parking 22e RR e RERRUEPEEIR RB EST 2 36 Pedal Travel soares reeni et teet Hee p pea 6 37 Replacing System Parts 0000 6 37 System Warning Light 00 2 80 STAM R sirare ia incessant ok procter sade de ainkcte pest 4 36 Transmission Shift Interlock Check 2 30 7 19 W t ssrel56eesek n px 9h rhe e Shee CERE ET IS 6 36 Brakes Anti Lock esee 4 7 Brakilg bero ra PEE Sede ERU PES e epos 4 6 Braking in Emergencies 00 00 ce eee cues 4 11 B
3. E30 Disc Label Side Up E34 CD Changer Door Open e E35 CD Changer Cartridge Empty 3 14 yellow blue If the error occurred while trying to play a CD in the compact disc player or changer the following conditions may have caused the error The road is too rough The disc should play when the road is smoother The disc is dirty scratched or wet The disc is label side up If so load the disc label side down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again The CD changer door is open Completely close the door to restore normal operation An empty magazine is inserted in the CD changer Try the magazine again with a disc loaded on one of the trays If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected please contact your dealer If your radio displays an error number write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem Playing a Compact Disc If your vehicle is equipped with the Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and Equalizer the following buttons are used for the trunk mounted cd changer PREV 1 Press this button to go back to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played Press PREV again to go to the previous track on the disc NEXT 2 Press this button to advance to the next track on the disc PROG 3 Press this button to select the next disc in the magazine If a CD cannot be played its nu
4. lusus 6 8 Filling Your Tank 0 0 0 0 cc eee eee eee 6 6 Filter Air 3 c ee babies sad eEERC IARE DES 6 18 Finish Cate eoe pre adeb ah do e ete 6 59 Finish Damage absant eee eee eee eee 6 62 First Gear Automatic Transmission 2 31 First Gear Manual Transmission 2 32 2 33 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 00 000 5 2 Flat Tire Changing 0 2 cee eee eee 5 25 Floor Mats 263 0 i c000s simsce bald dae Seed ade Rag 2 59 Fluid Capacities 0 eee ee ee eee 6 71 Fluids and Lubricants 0 000 e eee eee 7 23 Fog Lamps ss i ive visas omne e eem ER glee CER 2 51 Folding Rear Seatbacks 0 00 00 00000005 1 8 Foreign Countries Fuel 0 0 0 0 000 0005 6 5 Fourth Gear Manual Transmission 2 33 2 34 French Language Manual esses ii Front Console del teer hag a AGA rte etes 2 55 Front Map Lamps 0 0 0 c eee eee 2 53 Front Parking Turn Signal Bulb Replacement 6 41 JJ cx 6 3 Canada iore ape aces n mele MR eee Us fos 6 5 Filling a Portable Container 0 0 6 8 Filling Your Tank 0 0 0 000 0 eee eee 6 6 Gages ia skies baw e Nerei sm le Re anm cae 2 89 In Foreign Countries 0 0 0 0 eee eee 6 5 Low LAGE se s ueedorre opas termo ge rm gus 2 90 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 0
5. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Keep your speed at 55 mph 88 km h or less for the first 500 miles 805 km Don t drive at any one speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Don t make full throttle starts Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings aren t yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Don t tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer in the Index for more information Ignition Positions Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons A child or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move Don t leave the keys in the vehicle with children yellow blue With the ignition key in the ignition you can turn the switch to five positions ACC A Position in which you can operate your electrical power accessories Push in the ignition switch as you turn it toward you LOCK B The only position from which you can remove the key This locks your steering wheel ignition and automatic transmission If you have an automatic transmission the ignition switch can t be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P OFF C
6. Footnotes T The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded yellow blue Your vehicle has an Engine Oil Life Monitor This monitor will show you when to change the engine oil and filter usually between 3 000 miles 5 000 km and 7 500 miles 12 500 km since your last oil change Under severe conditions the indicator may come on before 3 000 miles 5 000 km Never drive your vehicle more than 7 500 miles 12 500 km or 12 months without an oil and filter change The system won t detect dust in the oil So if you drive in a dusty area be sure to change your oil and filter every 3 000 miles 5 000 km or sooner if the OIL CHANGE light comes on Remember to reset the Oil Life Monitor whenever the oil is changed For more information see Oil Change Light in the Index A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation See Brake System Inspection under Periodic Maintenance Inspections in Part C of this schedule 7 5 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 7 500 Miles 12 500 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monito
7. In most states and Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here s why They work You never know if you ll be in a crash If you do have a crash you don t know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person wouldn t survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot 1 10 yellow blue Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it s just a seat on wheels yellow Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider doesn t stop yellow The person keeps going until stopped by something or the instrument panel In a real vehicle it could be the windshield yellow blue Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts and the Answers Q Won t I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if I m wearing a safety belt A You could be whether you re wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you re upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater
8. 37 500 Miles 62 500 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 45 000 Miles 75 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE SERVIC An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary An Emission Control Service See footnote T Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions n heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher Inhilly or mountainous terrain Continued 7 9 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 45 000 Miles 75 000 km Continued When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 50
9. All TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Pontiac Roadside Assistance Program Security While You Travel 1 800 ROADSIDE 1 800 762 3743 As the proud owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside yellow blue Assistance program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Pontiac s Roadside Assistance toll free number is staffed by a team of technically trained advisors who are available 24 hours a day 365 days a year We take anxiety out of uncertain situations by providing minor repair information over the phone or making arrangements to tow your vehicle to the nearest Pontiac dealer We will provide the following services for 3 years 36 000 miles 60 000 km at no expense to you Fuel delivery Keys locked in vehicle Tow to nearest dealership for warranty service Change a flat tire Jump starts Courtesy Transportation See Courtesy Transportation section for details We have quick easy access to telephone numbers of the following additional services depending on your needs Hotels Glass replacement Tire repair facilities Rental vehicle or taxis Airports or train stations Police fire department or hospitals In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Pontiac s comprehensive warranty However when other services are utilized our advisors will explain any payment obl
10. Don t put papers and other things that burn into your ashtray If you do cigarettes or other smoking materials could set them on fire causing damage 2 57 To use the lighter push it in all the way and let go When it s ready it will pop back by itself NOTICE Don t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand while it is heating If you do it won t be able to back away from the heating element when it s ready That can make it overheat damaging the lighter and the heating element If you plug accessories into your cigarette lighter such as heating devices or air compressors these accessories should have a rated current of less than 15 amps Exceeding this limit will result in a blown fuse 2 58 yellow blue Sun Visors To block out glare you can swing down the visors You can also swing them to the side Visor Vanity Mirror Pull down the sun visor and lift the cover to expose the vanity mirror Accessory Plug This plug is located behind a closed lid in front of the parking brake on the console The plug can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or a CB radio Be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment yellow blue Twin Lift Off Roof Panels If Equipped Removing the Twin Lift Off Roof Panels NOTICE When using the accessory plug The maximum load of any electrical equipment should not exceed 3 amps Be sure
11. Put them in a storage area or take them with you Parking Lots If you park in a lot where someone will be watching your vehicle it s best to lock it up and take your keys But what if you have to leave your ignition key If possible park in a busy well lit area yellow blue Put your valuables in a storage area like your trunk or glove box Be sure to close and lock the storage area Close all windows Lock the glove box Lock all the doors except the driver s Then take the door key and remote keyless entry transmitter with you Content Theft Deterrent System Option If your vehicle has this option it has a theft deterrent alarm system Once armed the system will sound the horn and flash the parking lamps if the vehicle is broken into Turning Off the Alarm If you started the alarm by pressing the panic button on the remote keyless entry transmitter you must either push that button again or turn the ignition to RUN to stop the alarm 2 13 If the alarm is sounding due to the shock sensor or a door or hatch opening it can be turned off by either turning the ignition with a proper key inserted or by pressing any button on the remote keyless entry transmitter If you use your remote keyless entry transmitter to silence the alarm additional things will happen depending upon which button you press Pressing the UNLOCK button will turn the alarm off unlock the driver s door and disarm the
12. cee eee eee cee eee 4 31 Jui C C 6 47 Temperature ck cece ek he Rh meme ken 6 52 Traction Pr 6 52 Treadwea setia mace pe RR e dra er que cens 6 52 Uniform Quality Grading 0 6 51 Wear Indicators 0 0 cece eee eee 6 50 Wheel Replacement 2 000 000 0000 6 53 When It s Time for New 0 0 000000 6 50 Top Strap 6 nti cca tod be RP hee IER 1 40 Torgue LOCK 222 iedrrer tains e tee trem teA Te 2 39 Torque Wheel Nut 00 00 00 000 6 72 Towing Recreational Vehicle 00 00 0000 0000 4 30 Trailere sive sede RIA E et nee dione ob Rr eR 4 33 Your Vehicle iie sre ERRARE 5 8 Traction Control System 0 0 eee ee eee eee 4 9 Control System Off Warning Light 2 83 4 9 Limited Slip Rear Axle 00 004 2 42 LOW L ght Lus cdneci rh rb etr seco 2 82 4 9 Trailer Brakes 4 12 24 p24 deeb Rer PIER RET yes 4 36 Driving on Grades 00 0 0 cee eee eee 4 38 Driving With escons Re erre eee xol es 4 37 Engine Cooling When Towing 4 40 Hitches iioc cate react tu v gabe tct inteso 4 36 Maintenance When Towing esses 4 40 Parking on Hills 0 0 0 cee eee eee eee 4 39 Safety Chains serisi 0 c cece ene ene eens 4 36 Tongue Weight 00 ce eee eee eee 4 35 Total Weight on Tires 00 0 0 00 0000 4 36 Trailer Continued TOWNE bec etx ROUTER ODER EL RAS E QE
13. 2 70 Store each piece of the cover in its separate compartment per graphic printed inside of the storage bag Store the bag in the hatch and close the hatch Disengage the two convertible top latches yellow blue Raising Your Convertible Top 1 It is recommended that you park on a level surface Set the parking brake firmly If you have an automatic transmission shift into PARK P If you have a manual transmission shift into REVERSE R The ignition must be in ACC RUN or RAP must be on Lower both sun visors and lower both windows at least three inches 8 cm If the boot cover is in place it must be removed first NOTICE It is not recommended that you raise or lower the top while the vehicle is moving 2 Push and hold the up arrow A on the convertible TOP switch 2 71 yellow blue NOTICE The convertible top may be tight when pushing forward on the latch when your vehicle is new but it will loosen up with time Make sure that the hooks are properly aligned before using any kind of force If your vehicle has a power loss such as a dead battery you can still raise or lower the top manually by turning the valve in the driver s side of the hatch 3 Pull down on the center opening and align the hooks with the holes Push forward on the larger part of the latch until it clicks Do not force the latch If it is hard to lock the top is not properly aligned 2 72 yel
14. 50 miles 80 km Towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided yellow blue NOTICE After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life monitor See Engine Oil in the Index yellow blue If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool 5 10 NOTICE If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty If your vehicle has the 5 7L V8 engine see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode in the Index If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little t
15. Bleed Valve Left Headlamp Door Module Right Headlamp Door Module Horn Relay Anti Lock Brake System Module Horn and Headlamp Doors Anti Lock Brake and Traction Control System Cooling Fan Relays Description Fog Lamps Horn Cooling Fans Cooling Fans Cooling Fans 6 69 a SS ES AIR SOL AIR PUMP A C COMP STARTER IGN FUEL PUMP FRC2 Fuse and Relay Center 2 Fuse Usage INJ Fuel Injectors Not used for V6 LH injectors for V8 Ignition Module INJ Fuel Injectors All for V6 RH 6 70 injectors for V8 and Ignition Module Fuse ENG SEN STRTR ABS IGN PCM IGN ETC ENG CTRL A C CRUISE ENG CTRL yellow blue Usage Mass Air Flow Sensor Heated Oxygen Sensor Skip Shift Solenoid V8 Only Reverse Lockout Solenoid Brake Switch Powertrain Control Module PCM Clutch Pedal Switch Anti Lock Brake System Module Powertrain Control Module PCM Electronic Throttle Control V6 Only Ignition Module V6 Only Automatic Transmission Charcoal Canister Purge Solenoid Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Cruise Control Switches and Module Engine Controls Fuel Pump Powertrain Control Module PCM A I R Pump and Cooling Fans Fuse I P 1 IGN I P 2 Relay AIR SOL AIR PUMP A C COMP FUEL PUMP STARTER IGN Usage HVAC Blower Control and Relay Ignition Switch Relay
16. Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you re driving on snow or ice it s easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle 4 6 yellow blue Braking Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That s perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That s reaction time Average reaction time is about 3 4 of a second But that s only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in 3 4 of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it s pavement or gravel the condition of the road wet dry icy tire tread the condition of your brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless he
17. Light in the Index 2 88 yellow blue Service Vehicle Light This warning light should come on in your instrument SERVICE panel for a three second VEHICLE bulb check when you first start your vehicle If the light doesn t come on have it serviced This light will stay on steady if you have certain non emission related vehicle problems These problems may not be obvious and may affect vehicle performance or durability Consult a qualified dealership for necessary repairs to maintain top vehicle performance Check Gages Light This warning light will come on briefly when you CHECK are starting the engine GAGES If the light comes on and stays on while you are driving check your gages to see if they are in the warning areas Hatch Ajar Light This warning light should come on in your instrument panel for a three second C bulb check when you first start your vehicle If the light doesn t come on have it serviced This light will stay on steady if your hatch is open or ajar and the ignition key is in RUN Fuel Gage yellow blue Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left when the ignition is on 2 89 When the indicator nears E empty you still have a little fuel left but you should get more soon Here are four things that some owners ask about All these things are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage At the gas station the
18. Unlocks the steering wheel ignition and automatic transmission but does not send electrical power to any accessories Use this position if your vehicle must be pushed or towed A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door when the ignition is off and the key is in the ignition RUN D Position to which the switch returns after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in RUN when the engine is running But even when the engine is not running you can use RUN to operate your electrical power accessories and to display some instrument panel warning and indicator lights 2 23 yellow blue START E Starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition will return to RUN for NOTICE normal driving Even if the engine is not running ACC and RUN allow If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can t you to operate your electrical accessories such as the turn it be sure you are using the correct key if radio and ventilation fan so is it all the way in If it is then turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard But turn the key only with your hand Using a tool to force it could break the key or the ignition switch If none of this works then your vehicle needs service On manual transmission vehicles turning the key to LOCK will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could Key Release Button cause a co
19. best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any anti lock brake system ABS helps avoid only the braking skid 4 15 yellow blue Driving at Night Here are some tips on night driving Drive defensively Don t drink and drive Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you Since you can t see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your headlamps can light up only so much road ahead Inremote areas watch for animals If you re tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue 4 16 Night Vision No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to
20. end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt yellow blue The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you d be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces S S dy Qs ay y Ws ig RS Ne RS is The safety belt locks if there s a sudden stop or crash On convertible models the safety belt also locks if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor 1 17 Q What s wrong with this OOF E e A al F A SQ The shoulder belt is too loose It won t give nearly as much protection this way 1 18 yellow blue You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body yellow blue Q What s wrong with this You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious inter
21. tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the air bag sensors the air bag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the air bag system see Air Bag in the Index You can read battery voltage on your voltmeter If it reads less than 11 volts or more than 16 volts while your engine is running and it stays there you may have a problem with the electrical charging system This light will come on when you start your engine AIR and it will flash for a few Have it checked right away Driving with the voltmeter BAG seconds Then the light reading in a warning zone could drain your battery should go out This means the system is ready If you idle your engine for a while the voltmeter reading might move into the yellow zone If the reading stays in the yellow zone while you are driving you may If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the have a problem with the electrical charging system engine or comes on when you are driving your air bag Have it checked While the voltmeter reads in the yellow system may not work properly Have your vehicle zone your battery may not be able to power certain serviced right away electrical accessories like ABS If this happens your ABS INOP light will come on See Anti Lock Brake The air bag readiness light should flash for a few System Warning Light in the Index seconds when you turn the ig
22. until the vehicle is going slowly enough 2 31 NOTICE If your rear wheels can t rotate don t try to drive This might happen if you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid object You could damage your transmission Also if you stop when going uphill don t hold your vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal This could overheat and damage the transmission Use your brakes or shift into PARK P to hold your vehicle in position on a hill Maximum engine speed is limited to protect driveline components from improper operation 2 32 yellow blue Manual Transmission Operation 5 Speed This is your shift pattern Here s how to operate your transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you re going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL N and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal to the floor as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the c
23. you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P yellow blue Shifting Out of PARK P Automatic Transmission Only Before shifting out of PARK P you must fully apply your regular brakes Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured If you re pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer in the Index Your vehicle has a Brake Transmission Shift Interlock BTST You have to fully apply your regular brake before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in RUN See Automatic Transmission in the Index 2 39 yellow blue If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on Parking Over Things That Burn the shift lever push the shift lever all the way into PARK P and release the shift lever button as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can t shift out of PARK P try this 1 Turn the ignition key to OFF 2 Apply and hold the brake 3 Shift to NEUTRAL N 4 Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear you want 5 Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission Before you get out of your ve
24. your headlamp wiring checked right away yellow blue Windshield Wipers The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem and not snow etc be sure to get it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems 6 65 yellow blue There are three fuse centers on your vehicle One main The other two are in the engine compartment Open the fuse block is located behind a cover in the left side of cover on the boxes to expose the fuses your instrument panel Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the correct size If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one Just pick some feature of your car that you can get along without like the radio or c
25. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1 800 751 4135 English Dominican Republic Oshawa Ontario LIH 8P7 1 800 751 4136 Spanish Dominican Republic 1 800 496 9994 U S Virgin Islands 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 389 0009 Bahamas 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 534 0122 Bermuda Barbados Antigua amp B V I 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 If toll free service is not available in the Caribbean Il Puerto Rico 1 787 763 1315 All Overseas Locations US GMODC Customer Communication Centre 169 007 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Telephone 905 644 4112 Fax 905 644 4866 GM Mobility Program for Persons with Disabilities This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 toward aftermarket driver or passenger adaptive equipment you may require for your vehicle hand controls wheelchair scooter lifts etc yellow blue This program can also provide you with free resource information such as area driver assessment centers and mobility equipment installers The program is available for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease See your dealer for more details or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details When calling from outside Canada please dial 1 905 644 3063
26. 4 33 T rn Signals educere ehe men eR eme 4 38 Weight orre soina EESE E ETRAS ete En 4 34 Transmission Fluid Automatic 05 6 20 Transmission Fluid Manual Ls 6 24 Transmitters Matching to Your Vehicle 2 9 Transmitters Remote Keyless Entry 2 6 Transportation Courtesy 0 000 080 0005 8 10 Trip Before Leaving On A Long 0 4 23 Odometer sis sits ote dapi ea EEE x ces 2 77 OIL ReSet 1s o cd kad EE IPEA ES Y Ea 2 77 Trunk Mounted CD Changer 00 3 12 TTY Usets jos ik eR indie th sets DER ETE EI E ER 8 5 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator 2 44 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever usus 2 44 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer 4 38 Twin Lift Off Roof Panels 0000 2 59 Inst llitg 43 eee e ona eRU MR om dapes 2 62 REMOVING sesca re Reps cr aei exe 2 59 SHOPS ais ee Fests d bercerdt s beer acsi bv 2 61 T Top Sunshades see taia mora pe 2 64 Unaerboay Flushing Service 0004 7 20 Underbody Maintenance 00005 6 62 Underhood Electrical Center 0 6 69 Vehicle Control iccic aes o eret EP REO PRATER YES 4 6 Damage Warnings 00 c cence eee ee eee iv Dimensions 0 0 sania eee eee eee 6 73 9 12 yellow blue Identification Number 00 005 6 64 Loading i i
27. 522 sorier EEEa nase 1 50 Radio Reception 0 0 cece eee eee eee 3 20 Child i cett adieenag ostensa e notti eee 1 35 tnl 3 6 3 10 Head pP m 1 7 Rain Driving In i cosi eb eer tI ROTE TS 4 18 Replacing Parts After a Crash lusus 1 50 Rear System Check sorrend erret epe gre ice 7 17 Axle Seryice isole rga chee eee REPE BEL RECO PES 7 22 Top Strap sereante tiean E ee de epa O 1 40 Cargo Cover isses re t rr hes ens 2 56 Retained Accessory Power 00 00 0000 eee 2 53 Seat Passengers 0 eee eee eee 1 29 Reverse Automatic Transmission 2 30 Seat Position 0 0 00 ccc cece ee eee ee eee 1 29 Reverse Manual Transmission 2 33 2 34 Window Defogger esses 3 4 Right Front Passenger Position 1 23 Rear Axles js scr p PRROHERUEN A OE 6 27 1 22 Roadside Assistance nnno nananana eee eee eee 8 8 Rear Lamps Bulb Replacement 6 42 Roadside Assistance Canadian lusus 8 9 Rear Sidemarker Bulb Replacement 6 43 Rocking Your Vehicle 0 00 00 less 5 37 Rearview Inside Day Night Mirror 2 54 Rotation Tires ses rptu dae eee talent 6 48 Reclining Front Seatbacks 00000 1 6 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 7 23 S Recovery Tank Coolant ssssssss esses 5 15 afety Belt Extender esses ees 1 50 Recreation
28. Car amp Light Truck Transmission Unit Repair Owner s Manual In Portfolio Owner s Manual Without Portfolio LC NOTE Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name and also the Check or Money name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent Order payable to Michigan Purchasers Mail completed order form to Helm Inc USA funds add 6 sales tax HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 only do not send cash Jj For purchases outside U S A please write to the above address for quotation C U S Order Processing 6 00 C MasterCard Canadian Postage See Note Below CUSTOMER S NAME ATTENTION i Discover n Account STREET ADDRESS NO P O BOX NUMBERS Number qm Check here if your billing address CITY STATE ZIP CODE Date mo yr address shown DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO AREA CODE CUSTOMER SIGNATURE GM PON ORD99 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents obligation Allow ample time for delivery are to make checks payable in U S funds To cover Canadian postage add 11 50 plus the U S order processing yellow blue f NOTES Section 9 Index yellow blue Accessory PIG 22e ph UE pr EE ER 2 58 NIBIL AC 1 23 How Does it Restrain llle esee 1 27 How it Works 1m a rene Xr nn 1 25 Location 22 iesu x tegra pk ERR E E RU 1 25 Readiness
29. Front Seat Position Y 7 Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag Never put a rear facing child restraint in this seat Here s why A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s air bag inflates even though your vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating air bag Always secure a rear facing child restraint in the rear seat 1 44 yellow blue Although a rear seat is a safer place you can secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat You ll be using the lap shoulder belt See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint has one Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag always move the seat as far back as it will go before securing a forward facing child restraint See Seats in the Index 2 Put the restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how yellow blue Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would
30. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift to PARK P or REVERSE R for a manual transmission 5 Release the regular brakes 4 39 Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid don t overfill engine oil axle lubricant drive belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 40 yellow blue Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating in the Index yellow blue Y Section 5 Problems on the Road Here you ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road 5 2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5 12 Cooling System 5 3 Other Warning Devices 5 24 If a Tire Goes Flat 5 3 Jump Starting 5 22 Changing a Flat Tire 5 8 Towing Your Vehicle 5 36 Compact Spare Tire 5 9 Engine Overheating 5 37 I
31. Part No 12377967 or equivalent DOT 3 Brake Fluid Hydraulic Brake System yellow blue USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT Windshield GM Optikleen Washer Solvent Washer Solvent GM Part No 1051515 or equivalent Hydraulic Clutch Hydraulic Clutch Fluid GM Part No 12345347 or equivalent DOT 3 Brake Fluid GM Power Steering Fluid GM Part No 1052884 1 pint 1050017 1 quart or equivalent Manual DEXRON III Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Automatic DEXRON III Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No 12346241 or equivalent Clutch Linkage Engine Oil Pivot Points Power Steering System 7 23 yellow blue USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT Floor Shift Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Hood Latch Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Linkage GM Part No 12346293 or Assembly GM Part No 12346293 or equivalent or lubricant meeting Secondary Latch equivalent or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Pivots Spring requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Rear Axle SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Release Fawl Standard Lubricant GM Part No Hood and Multi Purpose Lubricant Differential 12378261 or equivalent meeting Door Hinges Superlube GM Part GM Specification 9986115 No 12346241 or equivalent Rear Axle SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Limited S
32. Power in the Index and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle 2 42 You can open the passenger s window any amount by pressing the switch and releasing it when the window has lowered to the position you want The switch for the driver s window has an express down feature This switch is labeled AUTO Quickly press and release the bottom of the switch for the driver s window and the window will lower completely You can also open the driver s window any amount by pressing the switch again while the window is in the express down mode when it has lowered to the position you want To stop the window while it is lowering press the top of the switch To raise the window press and hold the top of the switch Horn To sound the horn press either horn symbol on your steering wheel If your horn sounds two or three chirps when unlocking your vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped the alarm was triggered while you were away Check the vehicle before entering yellow blue Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle To tilt the wheel hold the steering wheel and pull the lever Move the steering wheel to a comfortable level then release the lever to lock the wheel in place 2 43 Turn Signal Mu
33. almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes Recreational Vehicle Towing Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle in the Index NOTICE Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain components Loading Your Vehicle CM TIRE LOADING INFORMATION OCCUPANTS VEHICLE CAP FRT CTR RR TOTAL K L 15s LOADING GVWR SAME AS yaC D TIRE PRESSUR m OT ADD 28KPA 4LBS T s Manual for tire pressure needed at 160 Km H 100 mph or higher speeds where legal and for additional tire information Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry The Tire Loading Information label found on the rear edge of the driver s door tells you the proper size speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for the tires on your vehicle It also gives you important information about the number of people that can be in your vehicle and the total weight that you can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weig
34. and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details yellow blue Introduction Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance procedures are important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition please maintain your vehicle properly How This Section is Organized This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services shows what to have done and how often Some of these services can be complex so unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should let your dealer s service department or another qualified service center do these jobs Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt have a qualified technician do the work If you are skilled enough to do some work on your vehicle you will probably want to get the service information See Service and Owner Publications in the Index ye
35. be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child s face or neck put it behind the child restraint 1 45 yellow blue 5 To tighten the belt pull up on the shoulder belt while you push down on the child restraint You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 46 Larger Children yellow blue Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle s safety belts Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat But they need to use the safety belts properly Children who aren t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash Children who aren t buckled up can strike other people who are 1 47 1 48 yellow blue Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can t properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoul
36. blue The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes won t work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced NOTICE Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes When you have the front or rear brake pads replaced have the other brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets See Brake System Inspection in Section 7 of this manual under Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you make a moderate brake stop your disc brakes adjust for wear If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop then your brakes might not adjust correctly If you drive in that way then very carefully make a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000 miles 1 600 km so your brakes will adjust properly The park brake system has separate brake linings that do not self adjust for wear If the park brake lever pulls up more than eighteen clicks the parking brakes need adjustment See your dealer yell
37. can t get out of the vehicle after an air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger air bag Air bags are designed to inflate only once After they inflate you ll need some new parts for your air bag system If you don t get them the air bag system won t be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include air bag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts 1 27 yellow blue Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle and diagnostic module which records information about the air bag system The module records information about the readiness of the system when the system commands air bag inflation and driver s safety belt usage at deployment Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the air bag system in several places around your vehicle You don t want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag servicing your vehicle and the air bag system system Improper service can mean that your air bag To purchase a service manual see Ser
38. deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it s against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws yellow blue The obvious way to solve the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if the driver plans to drive It s a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things The amount of alcohol consumed The drinker s body weight The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 1b 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of a liquor like whiskey gin or vodka It s the amount of alcohol that counts For exampl
39. debris can collect Dirt packed in closed areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 6 62 yellow blue Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ringlet shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this Pontiac will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first yellow blue GM Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 1052918 8 oz 0 237 L or Afi Protectant Protects leather wood acrylics Plexiglas plastic rubber and vinyl 1052925 16 oz 0 473 L Multi Purpose Interior Cleans carpets seats interior trim door panels Cleaner and floor mats See your General Motors Parts Department for these products For exterior use only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index Not recommended for use on instrument panels 6 63 Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UXXM072675 ENGINE 1999 4 cuam ASSEMBLY CODE MODEL YEAR PLANT This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the ins
40. have a traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the rear wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system for V8 engines works the rear brakes and for V8 and V6 engines reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin This light will come on when your traction control system is limiting wheel spin See Low Traction Light in the Index You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal LOW TRAC The traction control system may operate on dry roads under some conditions and you may notice a reduction in acceleration when this happens This is normal and doesn t mean there s a problem with your vehicle Examples of these conditions include a hard acceleration in a turn or an abrupt upshift or downshift If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control in the Index When the system is on this warning light will come on to let you know if there s a problem with your traction control system See Traction Control System Warning Light in the Index TCS OFF When this warning light is on the sys
41. if needed See Automatic Transmission Fluid in the Index A fluid loss may indicate a problem Check the system and repair if needed Hydraulic Clutch System Check Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir See Hydraulic Clutch Fluid in the Index A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired at once At Least Once a Year Key Lock Cylinders Service Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant specified in Part D Body Lubrication Service Lubricate all body door hinges Also lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the hood headlamp door assemblies rear compartment console doors and any folding seat hardware Part D tells you what to use More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Starter Switch Check When you are doing this check the vehicle could move suddenly If it does you or others could be injured Follow the steps below 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake see Parking Brake in the Index if necessary and the regular brake NOTE Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 On automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The starter should work only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the starter works in any other position your v
42. ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuses see Fuses and Circuit Breakers in the Index If the starter won t work with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first ignition key may be faulty See your dealer or a locksmith who can service the PASS Key II If you accidentally use a key that has a damaged or missing resistor pellet the starter won t work The SECURITY light will flash But you don t have to wait three minutes before trying another ignition key yellow blue See your dealer or a locksmith who can service the PASS Key II to have a new key made If you re ever driving and the SECURITY light comes on and stays on you will be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key II system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key II system If you lose or damage a PASS Key II ignition key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key II to have a new key made In an emergency call the Pontiac Roadside Assistance Center at 1 800 ROADSIDE or 1 800 762 3743 In Canada call 1 800 268 6800 2 17 Feature Customization If Equipped Your vehicle s locks and lighting systems can be programmed with several different features The features you can program depend upon the options that came with your vehicle The following list tells you the features that ca
43. in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes won t work well or won t work at all So it isn t a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid won t correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you ll have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light in the Index Checking Brake Fluid You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap Just look at the brake fluid reservoir The fluid level should be above the plastic seam in the reservoir A If it isn t have your brake system checked to see if there is a leak After work is done on the brake hydraulic system make sure the level is above the
44. information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealerships and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer yellow blue Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion General Motors and participating dealerships reserve the right to deny a rental vehicle to anyone not possessing a valid motor vehicle operators license in their name anyone who is under the influence of alcohol or drugs or anyone whose mental or physical abilities are impaired so as to be unable to operate a motor vehicle safely Warranty Information Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet that contains detailed warranty information 8 11 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could ca
45. it again keeping the tip down and check the level 5 7L V8 Engine When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is at or below the ADD line then you ll need to add at least one quart of oil But you must use the 3800 V6 Engine right kind This part explains what kind of oil to use For crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications in the Index 6 13 NOTICE Don t add too much oil If your engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range your engine could be damaged The oil fill cap is located at the rear of your engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you re through 6 14 yellow blue What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by looking for the Starburst symbol This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Do not use any oil which does not carry this Starburst symbol If you change your own oil be sure you use oil that has the Starburst symbol on the front of the oil container If you have your oil changed for you be sure the oil put into your engine is American Petroleum Institute certified for gasoline engines You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your vehicle as sh
46. it stays on or comes on when you re driving there may be a problem with your traction control system and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The traction control system warning light will come on if you turn the system off by pressing the TCS button located in front of the console the warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on press the button again The warning light should go off See Traction Control System in the Index for more information If the traction control system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service 2 81 Low Traction Light When your anti lock system is adjusting brake pressure to help avoid a braking skid this light will come on LOW TRAC If you have the traction control system this light will also come on when the system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal Slippery road conditions may exist if the low traction light comes on so adjust your driving accordingly The light will stay on for a few seconds after the traction control system stops limiting wheel spin The low traction light also comes on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be there to tell you when the anti lock brak
47. left lane on a freeway as a passing lane 4 22 yellow blue At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it s slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there isn t another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you a
48. ll see A Engine Coolant Reservoir E Windshield Washer H Engine Air Cleaner Filter B Battery Fluid Reservoir I Power Steering Fluid Reservoir C Engine Oil Dipstick F Engine Cooling Fans J Brake Fluid Reservoir D Engine Oil Fill Cap G Automatic Transmission Fluid K Clutch Fluid Reservoir Dipstick If Equipped If Equipped Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Oil If the LOW OIL light on the instrument panel comes on it means you need to check your engine oil level right away LOW OIL For more information see Low Oil Light in the Index You should check your engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder It s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground 6 12 yellow blue The engine oil dipstick is the yellow loop near the back of the engine NOTE Do not check the 5 7L engine oil level after the engine has sat overnight A higher than normal reading might be obtained Check oil level with the oil warm Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you don t the oil dipstick might not show the actual level yellow blue Checking Engine Oil Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove
49. locks SC gp When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer removes the bar coded plugs from the keys and gives them to the first owner yellow blue The ignition keys don t have plugs Instead they have bar coded key tags These tags may be removed by your dealer or even before the vehicle is delivered to your dealer Each door key plug has a code on it that tells your dealer or a qualified locksmith how to make extra door keys Keep the plugs in a safe place If you lose your door keys you ll be able to have new ones made using these plugs If you need a new ignition key contact your dealer who can obtain the correct key code Remember to carry the pre cut emergency key that Pontiac sends after delivery this service is not available in Canada In an emergency call Pontiac Roadside Assistance at 1 800 ROADSIDE or 1 800 762 3743 In Canada call 1 800 268 6800 NOTICE Your vehicle has a number of new features that can help prevent theft But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock your keys inside You may even have to damage your vehicle to get in So be sure you have extra keys 2 3 Door Locks Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out When a door is locked the inside handle won t open it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle This may not be so obvi
50. low use SAE 75 W 90 Synthetic Gear Lubricant GM Part No 12378261 or equivalent meeting GM Specification 9986115 To completely refill after draining add 4 ounces 118 ml of Limited Slip Differential Lubricant Additive GM Part No 1052358 or equivalent Then fill to the bottom of the filler plug hole with the Synthetic Gear Lubricant yellow blue Radiator Pressure Cap NOTICE Your radiator cap is an 18 psi 124 kPa pressure type cap and must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage from overheating Be sure the arrows on the cap line up with the overflow tube on the radiator filler neck When you replace your radiator pressure cap a GM cap is recommended Thermostat Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant system The thermostat stops the flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature When you replace your thermostat a GM thermostat is recommended 6 27 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for 5 years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating or if you need to add coolant to your radiator see Engine Overheat
51. mode your vehicle is set for 3 Press the LOCK switch on the door until you hear the number of chimes that correspond to the mode selection you want These features are designed to help prevent your keys from being locked in your vehicle Mode 1 Both Off Doors will lock and unlock when you press the power door lock switch Mode 2 Lockout Prevention Only If you leave your keys in the ignition and leave through the driver s door you won t be able to lock the doors with the power door lock switch Mode 3 Last Door Closed Locking Only If the power door lock switch is used to lock the vehicle while any door is open you will hear three chimes The doors will not lock until after all doors are closed Mode 4 Both On This combines Mode 2 and 3 2 19 Remote Keyless Entry Verification Your vehicle comes with this feature set in Mode 5 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Press the UNLOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which mode your vehicle is set for 3 Press the UNLOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter until you hear the number of chimes that corresponds to the mode selection you want This feature provides feedback when the vehicle receives a command from the remote keyless entry transmitter Mode 1 All Off The headlamps will not flash and the horn will not sound to provide you feedback
52. of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up Ill be careful isn t the right answer What if there s an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There s something else about drinking and driving that many people don t know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking yellow blue Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please don t drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you re with a group designate a driver who will not drink
53. or at all Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working yellow blue Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the lef
54. or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you must file with the GM BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you are required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing any court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB using the toll free telepho
55. plastic seam B near the base of the filler neck yellow blue What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Maintenance Schedule Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake system your brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 6 35 NOTICE Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they ll have to be replaced Don t let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Appearance Care in the Index Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly 6 36 yellow
56. see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you re driving don t wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who doesn t lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps yellow blue Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it s easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as your headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and ar
57. sig s SERVICED BY See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 7 7 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 30 000 Miles 50 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote PF Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions SERVICED BY n heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher Inhilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Replace engine air cleaner filter An Emission Control Service Inspect fuel tank cap and lines for damage or leaks Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnoteT 7 8 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance
58. stented E ete aca ed YEN 4 31 Recreational Towing 0 0 0 00 eee 4 30 Nic Es 6 38 Ventilation System 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 5 Visor DUN ied Pm 2 58 Vanity MirOIS 4 26 ious er xb exe ER Fee 2 58 Voltmeter i eios s eroe meia com c ten 2 79 Warning Daun Dm 259 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 2 78 Warranty Information lsleeeleee eese 8 11 Washer Fluid Windshield slsuun 6 32 Washing Your Vehicle lleleese esses 6 59 Weatherstrips ii creekceIe ne e ace Ran 6 58 Wheel Alignment brote ane dasha 6 53 Nut Torque i e hr e rmm eee RAS 6 72 Replacement ssi cesse tirer em teen RR YR 6 53 Wrench pec m 5 27 Wild OWS eee ERI ker E dS BESARCEY 2 42 Windshield Washer seeeseeeeee 2 46 PLUG deuote a tdeo ed Nd 6 32 Fluid Level Check 0 0 00 0000 eae 7 17 Windshield Wipers 0 0000 cece eee eee 2 45 Blade Replacement 0 0 00 0000 6 44 USCS 5 Er 6 65 Winter Driving sees 4 26 Wiper Blade Check 00 00 cece eee eee 7 18 Wiper Blades Cleaning sees esses 6 58 Wiring Headlamp 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 6 65 Wrench Wheel 0 0 0 000 ccc ee ene 5 27
59. system Pressing the LOCK button will turn the alarm off keep the doors locked and keep the system armed Pressing the REAR 2X button will turn the alarm off and keep the system armed A second push of the button within five seconds will unlock and disarm the hatch only Pressing the panic button will turn the alarm off keep the doors locked and keep the system armed If the alarm is sounding because an incorrect ignition key was used press any button on the remote keyless entry transmitter to turn the alarm off The alarm will stop by itself after two minutes 2 14 yellow blue Shock Sensor Convertible Coupe The shock sensor is what triggers the alarm when it detects a blow to your vehicle It is located over the right rear wheelhouse near the spare tire in the hatch area There are two levels of alarms via the shock sensor Two horn blasts and parking lamp flashes for non threatening blows to the vehicle and a full two minute alarm for harder blows to the vehicle Its sensitivity can be adjusted if more or less sensitivity is desired If sensitivity is increased too much it may give false alarms caused by gusts of wind or other natural events that may shake the vehicle To adjust remove the label covering the adjustment knob and adjust as desired Turn the knob clockwise to increase sensitivity and counterclockwise to decrease sensitivity The shock sensor is ignored by the alarm system when the
60. that a lock unlock command has been received by the remote keyless entry transmitter Mode 2 Hom and Lamps Lamps Your horn will sound briefly and your parking lamps will flash when you press LOCK on the remote keyless entry transmitter Only your parking lamps will flash when you press UNLOCK Mode 3 Horn and Lamps Your horn will sound briefly and your parking lamps will flash every time you press LOCK or UNLOCK 2 20 yellow blue Mode 4 Lamps Your parking lamps will flash every time you press LOCK or UNLOCK Mode 5 Lamps Horn and Lamps Lamps Your lamps will flash upon the first press on LOCK your lamps will flash and your horn will sound upon the second press on LOCK and your lamps will flash upon any press on UNLOCK Theft Deterrent Arming Verification Your vehicle comes with this feature set in Mode 3 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Press the LOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which mode your vehicle is set for 3 Press the LOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter until you hear the number of chimes that corresponds to the mode selection you want Mode 1 All Off No horn chirps or parking lamp flash Mode 2 Horn and Lamps Your parking lamps will flash and your horn will chirp twice to verify the system is armed using any arming method Mode 3 Horn and Lamps Lamps If you use
61. the remote keyless entry transmitter to arm the system your parking lamps will flash and your horn will chirp twice to verify that the system is armed If it only chirps once the hatch is open or unlatched If you use either the power door lock switch or passive arming only your lamps will flash for verification Mode 4 Lamps When your vehicle arms only your parking lamps will flash for verification Theft Deterrent Arming Method Your vehicle comes with this feature set in Mode 3 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Press the UNLOCK switch on the door 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which mode your vehicle is set for 3 Press the UNLOCK switch on the door until you hear the number of chimes that correspond to the mode selection you want Mode 1 Alarm System Off The system will not arm Mode 2 Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Lock When you lock your doors using the remote keyless entry transmitter the system will arm itself yellow blue Mode 3 Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Power Door Lock Switch If you use either the remote keyless entry transmitter or the power door lock switch to lock the doors the system will arm itself Mode 4 Passive Arming and Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Power Door Lock Switch Arming The system will arm itself after all doors are closed plus arming per Mode 3 Driver s Door Alarm Delay and Shock Sensor Enable Yo
62. their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer yellow blue This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when you should schedule them If you go to your dealer for your service needs you ll know that GM trained and supported service people will perform the work using genuine GM parts The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle This schedule is for vehicles that carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on your vehicle s Tire Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle in the Index are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits use the recommended fuel See Fuel in the Index Scheduled Maintenance The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles 166 000 km should be performed after 100 000 miles 166 000 km at the same intervals The services shown at 150 000 miles 240 000 km should be performed at the same interval after 150 000 miles 240 000 km See Owner Checks and Services and Periodic Maintenance Inspections following
63. to give you lateral support For lumbar support push the front switch down to inflate and up to deflate For lateral support push the rear switch down to inflate and up to deflate Fully Articulating Sport Seat If Equipped If your vehicle has these seats the driver s seat has the four way manual seat adjuster See 4 Way Manual Seat earlier in this section The passenger seat has the two way manual seat adjuster See Manual Front Seat earlier in this section yellow blue The switch pads on the outer side of the seats inflate and deflate parts of your seatback The two buttons that have dots inflate and deflate the side bolster of the seatback To inflate press the raised button To deflate press the indented button The two buttons without dots inflate and deflate the lumbar lower back area of the seatback support To inflate press the raised button To deflate press the indented button yellow blue Reclining Front Seatbacks If you have fully articulating sport seats your recliner lever looks like this To adjust the seatback lift the lever on the outer side of the seat Release the lever to lock the seatback where you want it Pull up on the lever and the seat will go to its original upright position 1 6 yellow blue Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts can t do their job when
64. to replace the battery in your transmitter or match the transmitter to your vehicle yellow blue Hatch It can be dangerous to drive with the hatch open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You can t see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the hatch open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the hatch Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed with the setting on VENT That will force outside air into your vehicle See Comfort Controls in the Index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust in the Index 2 11 Hatch Release Your door key opens the hatch from the outside If your vehicle has the Content Theft Deterrent System and the system is armed opening the hatch this way will trigger the alarm First disarm the system or use the remote keyless entry transmitter to open the hatch Remote Hatch Release Press the button under the lamp control on the driver s side below the instrument panel to unlock the hatch from inside your vehicle 2 If you have an automatic transmission your shift lever must be in PARK P or NEUTRAL N to use the remote hatch release If you have a manual transmission and the ignition is in RUN you must set the parki
65. to turn off any electrical equipment when not in use Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods can drain your battery We recommend that you see a qualified technician or your dealer for the proper installation of your equipment Floor Mats Your vehicle s floor mats are custom fitted to the floor wells Be sure the driver s floor mat is in place If it isn t it could interfere with the accelerator pedal brake pedal or with the clutch pedal on manual transmissions Don t try to remove the T top panels while the vehicle is moving Trying to remove the T top panel while the vehicle is moving could cause an accident The panel could fall into the vehicle and cause you to lose control or it could fly off and strike another vehicle You or others could be injured Remove the T top panel only when the vehicle is parked 2 59 yellow blue 1 The door key unlocks the panels The lock is over 2 Then pull on the release handle to unlatch the panel the front door window Turn the key Lift the outer edge of the panel and pull it toward counterclockwise to unlock the panel you Then carry the panel to the rear of the vehicle for storage 2 60 yellow blue Storing the Twin Lift Off Roof Panels If the T top panel is not stored properly it could be thrown about the vehicle in a crash or sudden maneuver People in the vehicle could be injured Whenever you store the T top panel in the vehicle always be s
66. will hear sound at a reduced volume The display will show elapsed time RECALL Press this button to see what track is currently playing Press RECALL again within five seconds to see how long the track has been playing When a new track starts to play the track number will also appear Press RECALL a third time and the time of day will be displayed AM FM Press this button to play the radio when a disc is playing The disc will stop but remain in the player CD PLAY Press this button to change to the disc function when the radio is on EJECT Press this button to remove the disc or stop the disc and switch to the radio EJECT will work with the radio off 3 12 yellow blue Trunk Mounted CD Changer If Equipped With the optional compact disc changer you can play up to 12 discs continuously Normal size discs may be played using the trays supplied in the magazine The small discs 8 cm can be played only with specially designed trays yellow You must first load the magazine with discs before you can play a compact disc Each of the 12 trays holds one disc Press the button on the back of the magazine and pull gently on one of the trays Load the trays from bottom to top placing a disc on the tray label side down If you load a disc label side up the disc will not play and an error will occur Gently push the tray back into the magazine slot Repeat this procedure for loading up to 12 discs in the magazine
67. you re reclined like this The shoulder belt can t do its job In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt can t do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well But don t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly is moving Head Restraints Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustable on others Slide an adjustable head restraint up or down so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your ears This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 1 7 Front Seatback Latches The front seatbacks fold forward to let people get into the back seat To fold a seatback forward lift the latch located on the lower backside of the seatback When you return the seatback to its original position make sure the seatback is locked The latch must be down for the seat to work properly If the seatback isn t locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always press rearward on the seatback to be sure it is locked yellow blue Folding Rear Seatback The rear seatback in your vehicle folds down to provide more s
68. your passengers exit the vehicle after you ve pressed the power door lock switch All of the doors will lock once everyone has gotten out of the vehicle and closed their doors When the power door lock switch is pressed a chime will sound three times indicating that the Last Door Closed Locking feature has been activated Pressing the LOCK switch again will lock the doors immediately Pressing the UNLOCK switch will cancel a previously requested Last Door Closed Locking The vehicle is shipped from the factory with this feature turned off To turn this feature on see Feature Customization in the Index Lockout Prevention If Equipped To protect you from locking your keys in the vehicle this feature stops the power door locks from locking when the keys are in the ignition and a door is open If the power lock switch is pressed when a door is open a chime will sound five times as a reminder to take the keys out of the ignition before locking the door The vehicle is shipped from the factory with this feature turned on If you would like to turn this feature off see Feature Customization in the Index Leaving Your Vehicle If you are leaving the vehicle take your keys open your door and set the locks from inside Then get out and close the door yellow blue Keyless Entry System If Equipped If your vehicle is equipped you can lock and unlock your doors or unlock your trunk from about 3 feet 1 m up to 30 fee
69. 0 cee cece eee eee 4 24 Hill and Mountain Roads 0 00005 4 24 Hitches Trail r ei es egies eee Ha p RR BS 4 36 Hood Checking Things Under 0 04 6 8 Release 2o sese me ed deni Ens 6 9 Horn 22m eR hme tb REX eee gece 2 43 How to Reset the Oil Change Light 6 17 Hydraulic Clutch 0 0 eee eee eee eee 6 26 Hydraulic Clutch Check 00 00 0000005 7 18 Hydroplaning 00 eee eee eese 4 20 TL gnition POSIGOIIS 1n sese nik e Rte RE Ron oes 2 23 Ignition Transmission Lock Check 7 20 Inflation Tire i isiiucuo cere bh Rer y EYES 6 47 Inside Day Night Rearview Mirror 2 54 Inspections Brake System sssseer cde RR Rr Ra 7 22 Engine Cooling System 0 000 7 21 Exhaust Systems eee 7 21 R atAXle 222snlxi ke seers tester E RUEBE NES 7 22 STEETS M woe Caen Cee eyed boas 7 21 Suspension 0 0 cece cece ee eee 7 21 Throttle System 0 ee eee eee eee 7 22 Instrument Panel ore RR Ihn 2 74 Brightness Control sllsslees esses 2 52 Cleaning ouo acest peda idol att yes pet mE CO stc d 6 57 Cluster se Reese RREITETUDPPCH E De 2 76 FUSE Block 22 6 e Ren esee ede 6 67 Interior Lamps 00 0 0 cee eee ee 2 52 PUE a pose sate sessecaen nests 5 27 Jump Starting ccs speeches enha sar cate edbees E 5 3 9 6 yellow blue Key in the Ignitiofi 5 oip erroe
70. 000 Miles 83 000 km If you haven t used your vehicle under severe conditions listed previously and ACTUAL therefore haven t changed your automatic transmission fluid change both the fluid and filter Manual transmission fluid doesn t require change 52 500 Miles 87 500 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE SERVICED BY An Emission Control Service See footnote PF Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 7 10 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions n heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher Inhilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in th
71. 00005 6 65 BNSin 2iiceld em yRbDERRAPIeSARERG SE FORES 6 69 Instrument Panel sslslleeeseseee ess 6 67 yellow blue Gages Engine Coolant Temperature 2 82 Fuel MM 2 89 Oil Pressures seerias esua hr soe ere debeas 2 86 GAWR ici ea ud Race NETAN EER 4 31 Gear Positions Automatic Transmission 2 29 Gear Positions Manual Transmission 2 32 Glove BOX v rcs ees Saat iakesG nes ER MELIUS EU 2 55 GM Mobility Program for Persons with Disabilities 8 7 Graphic Equalizer 20 66 46 cee ers er Ren 3 7 3 11 Gross Axle Weight Rating 0000 4 31 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 00 4 31 Guide en Fran ais 2 0 eee ee ete th ii GVWR serere nier N detecta Sadie beam eite tere 4 31 Haoges Bulbs bet RE EGER REIEITERPEE DES 6 38 Hatch si og ccs se eR IR cabs deen de aaa Re 2 11 Ajat Light eseri rins eR ee ERR eas 2 89 Release Remote 0 0 00 2 12 Hazard Warning Flashers lesse esses 5 2 Head Restraint ieser ee ey eR ee tnnt 1 7 Headlamps xe RR r IEEE RP PEE 2 49 Bulb Replacement 0 0 000005 6 39 High Low Beam Changer esse 2 45 unn 6 65 Hearing Impaired Customer Assistance 8 5 Heating 52 beer tre eoe bet WE Pen xU r EE 3 3 Heating Bi Level 1 0 20 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee eee 3 3 High Beam Headlamps 00005 2 45 Highway Hypnosis
72. 29 Rear Seat Passengers 1 9 Safety Belts They re for Everyone 1 32 Children 1 13 Here Are Questions Many People Ask About 1 35 Child Restraints Safety Belts and the Answers 1 47 Larger Children 1 14 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 50 Safety Belt Extender 1 15 Driver Position 1 50 Checking Your Restraint Systems 1 22 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 50 Replacing Restraint System Parts 1 23 Right Front Passenger Position After a Crash 1 23 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Seats and Seat Controls This section tells you about the seats how to adjust them and also about reclining front seatbacks seatback latches and the folding rear seatback Manual Front Seat You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you don t want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving 1 2 yellow blue Move the lever under the passenger s front seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it Then release the lever and try to move the seat with your body to make sure the seat is locked into place Be sure the lever returns to its original position after moving the seat yellow There are two levers at the front of the seat The left lever adjusts the seat forward and rearward The right lever adjusts the angle of the front of the seat To adjust t
73. Allow enough following distance It s the best defensive driving maneuver in both city and rural driving You never know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call reading or reaching for something on the floor makes Defensive Driving proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger The best advice anyone can give about driving is to help do things like this or pull off the road in a safe Drive defensively place to do them yourself These simple defensive driving Please start with a very important safety device in your techniques could save your life vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts in the Index Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It s the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle Judgment Muscular Coordination Vision Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years over 17 000 annual motor vehicle related
74. Close the door by sliding it all the way to the left If the door is left partially open the changer will not operate and an error will occur When the door is closed the changer will begin checking for discs in the magazine This will continue for up to two minutes depending on the number of discs loaded To eject the magazine from the player slide the CD changer door all the way open The magazine will automatically eject Remember to keep the door closed whenever possible to keep dirt and dust from getting inside the changer Once you have loaded the discs in the magazine slide open the door of the compact disc CD changer Push the magazine into the changer in the direction of the arrow marked on top of the magazine All of the CD functions are controlled by the radio buttons except for ejecting the magazine Whenever a CD magazine with discs is loaded in the changer the compact disc symbol will appear on the radio display If the CD changer is checking the magazine for CDs the compact disc symbol will flash on the display until the changer is ready to play When a CD begins playing CD will appear in the bottom left corner and a disc and track number will be displayed The disc numbers are listed on the front of the magazine Compact Disc Errors If E and a number appear on the display an error has occurred and the compact disc temporarily cannot play The CD changer will send an error message to the receiver to indicate
75. D until the engine temperature gage moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes Then follow the hot check procedures Checking Transmission Fluid Cold A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting for eight hours or more with the engine off and is used only as a reference Let the engine run at idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 50 F 10 C or more If it s colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to idle the engine longer Should the fluid level be low during a cold check you must perform a hot check before adding fluid This will give you a more accurate reading of the fluid level 6 21 Checking the Fluid Level Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in PARK P Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more 6 22 Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps ZZ 3800 V6 Dipstick 5 7L V8 Dipstick yellow blue yellow blue 1 The red transmission dipstick is located near the back of the engine Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 2529552002626 ADD IPTI 5LCEEXESSE
76. Heater Engine iae R ee Re RP Res 2 28 Recovery Tank ect RR ehh 5 15 Temperature Gage seseeseees esee 2 82 What to Use ceisck sions ise a teaghaise t eb Srt a on 6 28 Cooling System eserse e coe Ree RR deren 5 12 Courtesy Lamps ite kehren cede dinde 2 52 Courtesy Transportation lese eese 8 10 Cruise Control 2s tsi erba teense RR ex 2 46 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users 8 5 Customer Assistance Information 8 1 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 4 8 3 Damage Fihisli opp ER tue dead ciet eene 6 62 Damage Sheet Metal 0 0 000005 6 61 Daytime Running Lamps 00005 2 50 Dead Battery se sie acs ea eme mme er enhn 5 3 Defects Reporting Safety 0000 8 12 Defensive Driving 0 0 cece eee eee 4 2 Defogger Rear Window 000 c eee eee 3 4 Def eine s sais sansa adn eed ated whe d Ree iced eee 3 4 De frosting soie tar EE IeP ROVER EPEYSDU 3 4 Dimensions Vehicle 0000 cece eee eae 6 73 Dolby B Noise Reduction 00000 3 8 Door KGyS eocepeeiere3 Side Keats Sad ER A ORE RES 2 2 Last Closed Locking 0 0 0 0 000s eee eee 2 5 LOCKS eye O S chem erie eevee daa Be 2 4 PowetLocks upi ee bas abe RE Es 2 5 Drive Automatic Transmission 05 2 31 Driver Position 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 Driving ti dep 4 21 Defensive
77. If your child restraint has a top strap it should be anchored Vehicles First Sold in the United States Was your vehicle first sold in the United States If so the label on the rear edge of the driver s door will say that the vehicle meets all U S safety standards 1 40 yellow blue If your vehicle was first sold in the United States don t use a top strap child restraint in a convertible because the anchor can t be installed properly If your vehicle is not a convertible ask your dealer to install the top strap anchor using a special kit the dealer can obtain that has the correct anchor hardware and installation instructions for vehicles built for sale in the United States The hardware and the cost of installation is free You can install the anchor yourself using the instructions provided in the kit but The place where the anchor has to go is quite close to your fuel tank If the anchor isn t installed correctly it can make a hole in the fuel tank either then or in a later collision Gasoline could leak out and be ignited and people in the vehicle or outside it could be badly burned Don t install the anchor yourself unless you know you can do it correctly Vehicles First Sold in Canada If your vehicle was first sold in Canada the label on the rear edge of the driver s door will say that the vehicle meets all Canada safety standards Canadian law requires that forward facing c
78. Light 000000 1 24 2 79 NI wileur T 1 28 What Makes it Inflate 00 0005 1 26 What Will You See After it Inflates 1 27 When Should it Inflate 00 000 1 26 Air Cleaner Filter ice Rem vaca ee eee 6 18 Air Conditioning sseeeeeee ee 3 2 Air Conditioning Refrigerants 6 72 Alarmi 5 2 ees cs TERRE 2 13 Arming the System 20 esee 2 15 Disarming the System 0 000000 2 16 Passive Arming eee eee eee 2 16 Power Door Lock Switch Locking 2 15 Shock Sensor sartane rne e san E eee eee ee eens 2 14 Alignment and Balance Tire 000 6 53 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 6 61 Antenna Power Mast Care 0 00000 eee aae 3 23 Pull A ETE 6 28 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 2 81 4 7 Brak S 22 siemerReeRRe DRE mI A Res 4 7 Appearance Care v scm ce e e RReyRE RE EE Y 6 55 Appearance Care Materials 0000 6 63 Arbitration Program 1 2 0 0 eee eee 8 4 JNSDIS 5 aane scires pe Sada ettet eiectus Bc refert 2 57 Audio Controls Steering Wheel 3 19 Audio Equipment Adding 00 3 20 Audio Systems oeer eerren eee eee 3 6 Automatic Transmission CHECK 5 ssh ate erm eee Ee Sty Mariah oa avon esiediesue es 7 18 dinner TEE EP 6 20 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running
79. RD ene et 2 13 Key Lock Cylinders Service 0 000 7 18 Key Release Button 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 2 24 Keyless Entry Battery Replacement 0 2008 2 10 Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle 2 9 Operation uere acre egre OR Pb eR dui ads 2 8 Resynchronization 0 0 cece eee eee 2 11 Cc T 2 2 Labels Certification Tire 0 0 cee eee eee eee 4 31 Service Parts Identification lusus 6 64 Tire Loading Information 0 4 31 Vehicle Identification Number 6 64 Lamps COUTLeSY iex essen tira PERT RR RR E EON 2 52 Daytime Running 0 00 00 eese 2 50 Delayed Illumination suus 2 19 2 53 Exit Lighting 5e irm cR meh 2 19 2 53 Ip 2 49 FOg 2erestessuereke siters EE RE ees REEE 2 51 Front Map esee eR em three Res 2 53 Mciog M Pr EMT 2 52 Eatches Seatb ck eae eric e eee Rem 1 8 Leaving Your Vehicle 0 00 0 lessen 2 6 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running 2 38 MEA TEE PPM TREE 2 57 Lights Air Bag Readiness 0204 1 24 2 79 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 2 81 4 7 Brake System Warning 00 2000 2 80 Ch ck Gages seven RR sc emeetes sas ER 2 89 Hatch Ajar ere eet eter dvs aa RE 2 89 TOROF eee en ae te EIEEE k 2 52 Low Coolant Warning 00 000 2 83 Low Fuel eoe
80. SS 5 7L V8 Transmission Dipstick ADD 3800 V6 Transmission Dipstick 6 23 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the COLD area below the cross hatched area for a cold check or in the HOT area or cross hatched area for a hot check 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock in place How to Add Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid while it is hot A cold check is used only as a reference If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot check It doesn t take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Don t overfill 6 24 yellow blue NOTICE We recommend you use only fluid labeled DEXRON III because fluid with that label is made especially for your automatic transmission Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON III is not covered by your new vehicle warranty After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way Manual Transmission Fluid When to Check A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is chan
81. Service Engine Soon Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems SERVICE ENGINE SOON 2 83 This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction NOTICE If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty 2 84 yellow blue NOTICE Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause the SERVICE ENGINE SOON light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a fai
82. Vehicle Symbols These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle For example These symbols These symbols These symbols these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on an for you and your lamps your controls original battery your passengers ce oe MASTER solv WINDSHIELD CAUTION driven LIGHTING WIPER POSSIBLE SWITCH e DOOR LOCK PROTECT UNLOCK EYES BY SHIELDING INJURY TURN WINDSHIELD SIGNALS WASHER PARKING M LAMPS M HAZARD WARNING FLASHER WINDOW POWER DAYTIME DEFOGGER wiNDow RUNNING D LAMPS CAUSTIC WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER BURNS AVOID SPARKS OR FLAMES BATTERY FASTEN ACID COULD ke SEAT CAUSE BELTS SPARKOR ali DONIS Ew VENTILATING EXPLODE AIR BAG TN FOG LAMPS x BATTERY These symbols are used on warning and indicator lights ENGINE COOLANT TEMP BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM BRAKE COOLANT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ANTI LOCK BRAKES F Da a D Daa 71 us yellow blue Here are some other symbols you may see FUSE M 2 LIGHTER oc HORN pey SPEAKER n FUEL yellow blue f NOTES vi yellow blue Y Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Here you ll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly You can also learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts 1 2 Seats and Seat Controls 1
83. W 50 NOTICE Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines Starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C consider using either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Don t add anything to your oil Your dealer is ready to advise if you think something should be added When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer that lets you know when to change your engine oil This is not based on mileage but on engine revolutions and engine operating temperature When the computer has calculated that the oil needs changing the Oil Life Monitor will indicate that a change is necessary The mileage between oil changes will vary depending on how you drive your vehicle usually between 3 000 miles 5 000 km and 7 500 miles 12 500 km since your last oil change Under severe conditions the indicator may come on before 3 000 miles 5 000 km Never drive your vehicle more than 7 500 miles 12 500 km or 12 months whichever occurs first without an oil change The system won t detect dust in the oil So if you drive in a dusty area be su
84. a zu aceti duco Ere Og Oa A 4 2 Drunken 1 4 E Lex Ran v RW EC hha a A 4 3 Freeway sues eee ex RARO IH Ede xd a 4 22 In Foreign Countries 0 00 00 000 eee 6 5 In the Rain sh excess ch Gers Date RET ect eee 4 18 Night ace pe Ue ORE ER EA SUR warn 4 16 On Cutves sedes ER e oe YR X E he que ue des 4 11 On Grades While Towing a Trailer 4 38 On Hill and Mountain Roads Lss 4 24 On Snow and Ice 0 0 eee 4 27 Through Water 54 vtr totem 4 20 Wet Roads 222553 xeu derum Ce RS sed 8 SAU 4 18 Wintel aroetan xg es agus eu eex a n aE wed 4 26 With a Trailer lleleeeeee prei 4 37 DRE ois 356 a he eases a e hee Buea b E EN D wets a 2 50 Drunken Driving 0 0 e cee eee eee eee 4 3 Electrical Equipment Adding 3 20 6 65 Electrical System 0 0 0 c eee eee eee ee 6 65 Engine xeerc ihe sen es eae ea ees 4 A 6 10 6 11 Air Cleaner Filter llle 6 18 Check Gages Light 000 000 0005 2 89 Coolant as 2 225 doen sens rated TR P eoe SN 6 28 Coolant Heater 0 0 0 0 00 ccc cee nee 2 28 9 4 yellow blue Coolant Level Check 0 00 00 00 0000 7 17 Coolant Temperature Gage 0 2 82 Exhaust 00 00 e eee eee ee 2 11 2 41 4 30 Fuse Block s asse ace ER be ERR RSs 6 69 Identification 1 scorre EI ee ERE RR 6 64 Oil Level Check srra 0 0 2c eee eee eee eee 7 17 Overheated Protection Opera
85. ags even Next Generation air bags are designed to work with safety belts but don t replace them Air bags are designed to work only in moderate to severe crashes where the front of your vehicle hits something They aren t designed to inflate at all in rollover rear side or low speed frontal crashes And for unrestrained occupants Next Generation air bags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful air bags have provided in the past Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there s an air bag for that person 1 23 Air bags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you re too close to an inflating air bag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you This is true even with Next Generation frontal air bags Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with Next Generation air bags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Children who are up against or very close to any air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed This is true even though your vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags Air bags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants CAUTION Continued 1 24 yellow blue Neither the vehicle s safety belt syste
86. ake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions Here s how anti lock works Let s say the road is wet You re driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes Here s what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember Anti lock doesn t change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you won t have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have anti lock brakes Using Anti Lock Don t pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal When your anti lock system is adjusting brake pressure to help avoid a braking skid this light will come on See Low Traction Light in the Index LOW TRAC yellow blue Traction Control System Option Your vehicle may
87. al Vehicle Towing sseeseess 4 30 Safety Belts sess 1 9 Reduced Engine Power Light DEDE 2 90 Adults 55 diced as ects 6 e x eX S PERO RACE TEE 1 14 Refrigerants Air Conditioning 0 0 6 72 Care esse enne 6 57 Remote Children lesse 1 32 Hatch E LLL 2 12 Driver Position see e eR RR 1 15 Keyless Enty n seen hore cm ete iiy een 2 6 uL Pr ipedy PRA ce inire di dominus Hey RU Transmitter Locking 2 15 lnbontest Usage e 1218 1219 1 20 1 21 1 48 1 49 i1 MT TRE 6 71 Lap Shoulder eene 1 15 1 29 PS n O E PEN ted 6 73 Larger Children gig ease ena sae eters r2 Wheel esce ertet er dotem etie ERR eee ated 6 53 Questions and Answers eene 1 13 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 1 50 Rear Seat Passenger Positions 1 29 Replacing Safety Belts 00 000 eee eee 1 50 ae pow ot LANA 1 9 E Reporting Safety Defects 0000 8 12 Right Front Passenger Potion 6 sce tek 1 23 Safety Belts Continued Smaller Children and Babies 1 32 Use During Pregnancy sees ees 1 22 Warning Light 0 00 00 1 9 2 78 Why They Work 00 cece eee eee 1 10 Safety Chains 00 ccc eee eee eee eee 4 36 Safety Defects Reporting 000 0 8 12 Safety Warnings and Symbols 4 iii Scheduled Maintenance 0000000005 7 5 Scheduled Maint
88. and Starter Enable Relay Instrument Panel Fuse Center Description Air Solenoid Air Pump Air Conditioning Compressor Fuel Pump Starter Engine Controls Cruise Controls Air Conditioning yellow blue Replacement Bulbs Back up i e lE En stinni TREES 3155 Center High Mounted Stoplamp 921 Front Parking and Turn Signal 3157NAK Headlamp High B am cu ER ERR E 4701 Low Beam 2 4 6k ESRB Y 3 RYE 4703 Sidemarker Lamp 00000 194 Tail Lamp Only essseeeeeess 194 Tail Stop Turn Lamps sssese 3057 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index for more information Air Conditioning See the refrigerant information label under the hood Automatic Transmission Drain and Refill 5 0 quarts 4 7 L Overhaul 3800 V6 0 0 cee eee 8 8 quarts 8 3 L SENS 408 do eri RR 10 8 quarts 10 2 L 6 71 Cooling System 3800 V6 With Manual Transmission With Automatic Transmission 5 7L V8 With Manual Transmission With Automatic Transmission 11 6 quarts 11 0 L 11 4 quarts 10 8 L 11 9 quarts 11 3 L 11 8 quarts 11 2 L Crankcase Oil and Filter Change 3800 V6 VIN K 4 5 quarts 4 3 L 5 7L V8 VIN G 5 5 quarts 5 2 L Fuel Tank 16 8 gallons 63 6 L M
89. and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the rear area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Don t leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Don t leave a seat folded down unless you need to Towing a Trailer If you don t use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle yellow blue Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section But trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used
90. anual Transmission Five Speed eeeeee 3 4 quarts 3 2 L SIX Speed ne ks eae yh 4 quarts 3 8 L Rear Axle Lubricant 1 75 quarts 1 7 L NOTE All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling 6 72 yellow blue Engine Specifications Type VIN Engine Code K 3800 V6 VIN Engine Code G 5 7L V8 Fuel Delivery 2 4 Fuel Injection Valve Arrangement 0 In Head Displacement 3800 V6 231 cubic inches 3791 cc SILVE cerere terkis 350 cubic inches 5662 cc Firing Order 3800 VO ode b eeu VW PD reis 1 6 5 4 3 2 SIEV EE 1 8 7 2 6 5 4 3 Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 N m Thermostat Starts toOpen 177 184 F 81 85 C Air Conditioning Refrigerants Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs refrigerant be sure the proper refrigerant is used If you re not sure ask your dealer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Air Cleaner Filter 0 0 0 0 A1163C Battery 2e beh ULM pSETeDUPEPLMEPOU es 75 60 Engine Oil Filter 3800 V6 cce tek wets PII EDS PE ER Y PF47 NIS TP PF44 Fuel Filter 3800 VG istics ema ane RE aon eS Re G627 por Oe ee ae MERGE EE GF578 PCV Valve 3800 V6 sace gue peces CV892C S4 VB ess Ep ed REX ch
91. ap shoulder belts Here s how to wear one properly yellow blue Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Don t let it get twisted On convertible models the shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 1 29 yellow blue If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle tilt the 3 To make the lap part tight pull down on the buckle latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender at the end of this section Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 1 30 yellow blue On convertible models the safety belt also locks if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor See oo e E SS E Dr ory S j Ox Ss iS INS You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body i yy K K M P d b nM 1 E The lap part of the belt should b
92. ar a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it s more likely that the fetus won t be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt See Driver Position earlier in this section Supplemental Restraint System SRS This part explains the Supplemental Restraint System SRS or air bag system Your vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags one air bag for the driver and another air bag for the right front passenger Next Generation frontal air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating air bag But even these air bags must inflate very quickly if they are to do their job and comply with federal regulations yellow blue Here are the most important things to know about the air bag system You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you aren t wearing your safety belt even if you have air bags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Air bags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All air b
93. ar the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL N NEUTRAL N Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal If you shift from SIXTH 6 into REVERSE R the shift lever must be first placed in NEUTRAL N position centered between SECOND 2 and THIRD 3 prior to shifting into REVERSE R Your six speed manual transmission has a feature that allows you to safely shift into REVERSE R while the vehicle is rolling at less than 5 mph 8 km h If you have turned your ignition off and want to park your vehicle in REVERSE R you will have to move the shift lever quickly to the right then forward into gear 2 34 yellow blue Shift Speeds If you skip more than one gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Don t shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift MANUAL TRANSMISSION RECOMMENDED SHIFT SPEEDS IN MPH km h Acceleration Shift Speed Engine 3800 L36 Code K 5 7L LS1 Code G This chart shows when to shift to the next higher g
94. arly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 2 500 Miles 137 500 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote yellow blue DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY 7 13 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 90 000 Miles 150 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote PF Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions n heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher Inhilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Replace engine air cleaner filter An Emission Control Ser
95. avy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you re driving brake normally but don t pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push yellow blue Anti Lock Brakes ABS Your vehicle has anti lock brakes ABS ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away your anti lock brake system will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal If there s a problem with the anti lock brake system this ABS warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake INOP System Warning Light in the Index yellow The anti lock system can change the br
96. b for night driving to reduce glare Push the tab for daytime driving Outside Manual Adjustable Mirror Adjust the passenger s side outside mirror by hand so that you can just see the side of your vehicle when you are sitting in a comfortable driving position Manual Remote Control Mirror Adjust the driver s side outside mirror with the lever on the door Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the side of your vehicle when you are sitting in a comfortable driving position 2 54 yellow blue Power Remote Control Mirror If Equipped The power mirror control is on the driver s door To adjust either mirror move the center switch to L left or to R right The center position is off Then use the touchpad to adjust the mirror Convex Outside Mirror Your passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so you can see more from the driver s seat A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes yellow blue Storage Compartments Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Use your door key to lock and unlock it The glove box has a lamp inside Front Console To use the storage area push the button in and pull up on the console cover It will open to the r
97. by removing the two screws on top of the bulb with a lorg screwdriver 5 Reverse the steps with a new bulb 6 40 yellow blue Front Parking and Turn Signal Replacing the bulb 1 Using a screwdriver remove the screws from the 1 Remove the two screws in the stoplamp lens access panel under the vehicle Move the access panel out of the way 2 Turn the bulb and socket counterclockwise 3 Pull out the bulb from the socket 4 Reverse the steps with a new bulb Center High Mounted Stoplamp 2 Gently pull the assembly out turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove the bulb from the back of the assembly 3 Reverse the steps with a new bulb 6 41 Rear Lamps To change any rear bulb you have to remove the entire housing 1 Remove the trim panel from inside of the hatch for the side that you are replacing the bulb 2 Pull the carpet back 3 Remove the wing nuts 6 42 yellow blue 4 Pull the assembly out from the outside of the vehicle 5 To remove a socket with a tab press the tab and turn the socket counterclockwise To remove a socket without a tab turn the socket counterclockwise 6 Pull out the bulb from the socket 7 Reverse the steps with a new bulb yellow blue Rear Sidemarker 3 Turn the bulb and socket counterclockwise and gently pull out Po eee ree eae 4 Reverse the steps with a new bulb 1 Remove the screw from the sidemarker assembly 2 To pull out t
98. cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever Push the shift lever all the way into PARK P and also release the shift lever button on floor shift console models as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish See Shifting Out of PARK P in this section REVERSE R Use this gear to back up NOTICE Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage your transmission Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission see Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow in the Index 2 30 yellow blue NEUTRAL N In this position your engine doesn t connect with the wheels To restart when you re already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while your engine is racing running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Don t shift out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while your engine is racing NOTICE Damage to your transmission caused by shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine racing isn t covered by your warranty AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D This position is for normal driving If you need more power fo
99. could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you ll be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transmission Operation yellow blue There are several different positions for your shift lever PARK P This locks your rear wheels It s the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle can t move easily It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Don t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P in the Index If you re pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer in the Index Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has a 2 29 Brake Transmission Shift Interlock BTSI You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If you
100. ction provided by safety belts Air bags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But air bags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those air bags Air bags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions What will you see after an air bag inflates After an air bag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the air bag inflated Some components of the air bag module the steering wheel hub for the driver s air bag or the instrument panel for the right front passenger s bag will be hot for a short time The parts of the bag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There will be some smoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated air bags Air bag inflation doesn t prevent the driver from seeing or from being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle yellow blue When an air bag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but
101. ctivating the Theft Deterrent Feature The instructions which follow explain how to enter your secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system It is recommended that you read through all nine steps before starting the procedure NOTE If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse between any steps the radio automatically reverts to time and you must start the procedure over at Step 4 yellow blue Write down any three or four digit number from 000 to 1999 and keep it in a safe place separate from the vehicle Turn the ignition to ACC or RUN 3 Turn the radio off Press the 1 and 4 buttons together Hold them down until shows on the display Next you will use the secret code number which you have written down Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display Press MIN again to make the last two digits agree with your code Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree with your code Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down The display will show REP to let you know that you need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your secret code Press AM FM and this time the display will show SEC to let you know that your radio is secure Note that with the ignition off the THEFTLOCK LED indicator will flash indicating a secured radio 3 17 Unlocking the Theft Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss Enter your secret code as follows pause no m
102. ctually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you re ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you re not fresh such as after a day s work don t plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it s ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you ll find experienced and able service experts in Pontiac dealerships all across North America They ll be ready and willing to help if you need it yellow blue Here are some things you can check before a trip Windshield Washer Fluid Is the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades Are they in good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure Weather Forecasts What s the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system Maps Do you have up to date maps 4 23 Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awarene
103. d as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn The recommended cleaning cassette is available through your dealership GM Part No 12344789 When using a scrubbing action non abrasive cleaning cassette it is normal for the cassette to eject because your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape To prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected use the following steps 1 Turn the ignition to RUN or ACC 2 Turn the radio off 3 Press and hold the TAPE PLAY button for three seconds The tape symbol on the display will flash for two seconds 4 Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette 5 Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer s recommended cleaning time When the cleaning cassette has been ejected the cut tape detection feature is active again 3 21 You may also choose a non scrubbing action wet type cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean the tape head This type of cleaning cassette will not eject on its own A non scrubbing action cleaner may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner The use of a non scrubbing action dry type cleaning cassette is not recommended After you clean the player press and hold EJECT for five seconds to reset the CLN indicator The radio will display to show the indicator was reset Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time Always make sure th
104. d for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle see Carbon Monoxide in the Index Dirt and water can too 4 36 yellow blue Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes If your trailer weighs more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Because you have anti lock brakes do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems won t work well
105. d that the cause of the condition is the type of fuels used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask your service station operator whether or not the fuel contains MMT General Motors does not recommend the use of such gasolines If fuels containing MMT are used spark plug life may be reduced and your emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized Pontiac dealer for service To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel system allowing your emission control system to function properly Therefore you should not have to add anything to the fuel In addition gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to contribute to clean air General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines particularly if they comply with the specifications described earlier NOTICE Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Don t use it It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage wouldn t be covered under y
106. dealer See Appearance Care and Materials in the Index Your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish NOTICE Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks 6 59 Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Cleaning Your Convertible Top Your convertible top should be cleaned often If you use an automatic car wash use one with water jets and hanging cloths High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle When you hand wash the top do it in partial shade Use a mild soap lukewarm water and a soft sponge A chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top and a brush can chafe the threads
107. der belt is very close to the child s face or neck A Move the child toward the center of the vehicle but be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide yellow blue Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash 1 49 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt isn t long enough to fasten your dealer will order you an extender It s free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you The extender will be just for you and just for the seat in your vehicle that you choose Don t let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt Checking Your Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belt
108. disarm the Content Theft Deterrent System if your vehicle has this option 2 Remove the RADIO fuse This fuse is located in the main fuse block which is located on the left side of your instrument panel The RADIO fuse is located on the lower right hand corner of the panel See Fuses and Circuit Breakers in the Index yellow blue 3 Turn the ignition from OFF to RUN three times quickly within five seconds The vehicle will respond by locking the doors unlocking the driver s door and releasing the hatch Your transmitter is now ready to match your vehicle Leave the ignition in RUN 4 Press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the first transmitter for up to 15 seconds The vehicle will respond as in Step 3 5 Repeat Step 4 for the remaining transmitters 6 When you have finished matching all of your transmitters replace the RADIO fuse 7 Check that all transmitters work by pressing their buttons If the transmitters don t work or if you d rather not match the transmitters yourself see your Pontiac dealer Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about two years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won t work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it s probably time to change the battery Use one battery type CR2032 or a similar type yellow b
109. dly or if an error can t be corrected please contact your dealer If your radio displays an error number write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 3 8 yellow blue PREV 1 Press this button or the SEEK down arrow to search for the previous selection on the tape Your tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for PREV or SEEK to work The tape direction arrow blinks during PREV or SEEK operation Press PREV or the SEEK down arrow to stop searching The sound will mute during PREV or SEEK operation NEXT 2 Press this button or the SEEK up arrow to search for the next selection on the tape If you hold the button the player will continue moving forward through the tape Your tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for NEXT or SEEK to work The tape direction arrow blinks during NEXT or SEEK operation Press NEXT or the SEEK up arrow to stop searching The sound will mute during NEXT or SEEK operation PROG 3 Press this button to play the other side of the tape IC 4 Press this button to reduce background noise Note that the double D symbol will appear on the display Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation Dolby and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation REV 5 Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly Press it again to
110. duct Never use oils varnishes solvent based or abrasive cleaners furniture polish or shoe polish on leather Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned immediately If dirt is allowed to work into the finish it can harm the leather yellow blue Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces of the instrument panel Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Cleaning Interior Plastic Components Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft cloth or sponge Commercial cleaners may affect the surface finish Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water 6 57 Cleaning Glass Surfaces Glass should be cleaned often GM Glass Cleaner or a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass See Appearance Care and Materials in the Index Don t use abrasive cleaners on glass because they may cause scratches Avoid placing decals on the inside rear window since they may have to be scraped off later If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear window an electric defogg
111. e Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels aren t rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If you have the traction control system remember It helps avoid only the acceleration skid yellow blue If you do not have traction control or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you ll want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your
112. e if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a 4 4 yellow blue woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight when each has the same number of drinks The law in many U S states sets the legal limit at a BAC of 0 10 percent In a growing number of U S states and throughout Canada the limit is 0 08 percent In some other countries it s even lower The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we ve seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level
113. e Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service Continued 7 11 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Continued Replace engine air cleaner filter An Emission Control Service Inspect fuel tank cap and lines for damage or leaks Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnoteT 67 500 Miles 112 500 km NENNEN Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote o Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 75 000 Miles 125 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index An Emission Control Service See footnote P Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary An Emission Control Service See footnote T 7 12 Scheduled Maintenance Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regul
114. e brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake doesn t release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light With the anti lock brake system this light will come on when you start your engine and it will stay on for three seconds That s normal ABS INOP If the anti lock brake system warning light stays on longer than normal after you ve started your engine turn the ignition off Or if the light comes on and stays on when you re driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you re driving your vehicle needs service If the light is on and the regular brake system warning light isn t on you still have brakes but you don t have anti lock brakes Adjust your driving accordingly The anti lock brake system warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem yellow blue Traction Control System Warning Light Option This warning light should come on briefly as you start the engine If the warning light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there s a problem TCS OFF If
115. e cassette tape is in good condition before you have your tape player serviced 3 22 yellow blue Care of Your Compact Discs Handle discs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust If the surface of a disc is soiled dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution and clean it wiping from the center to the edge Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of Your Compact Disc Player The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism Power Antenna Mast Care Your power antenna will look its best and work well if it s cleaned from time to time To clean the antenna mast l 2 Turn on the ignition and radio to raise the antenna Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits or equivalent solvent Wipe the cloth over the mast sections removing any dirt Wipe dry with a clean cloth Make the antenna go up and down by turning the radio or ignition off and on Repeat if necessary NOTICE Don t lubricate the power antenna Lubrication could damage it yellow blue NOTICE Before entering an automatic car wash turn off your radio to make the power antenna go down This will prevent the mast from possibly g
116. e eed ke eke CV895C Radiator Cap ee RR n RC24 Spark Plug 3800 V6 ore Rx 41 921 0 060 inch gap SILVE ches oes ck betes 41 931 0 060 inch gap Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement jo cae rn en Hook Length orririk 24 inches 610 cm yellow blue Vehicle Dimensions Length Firebird Formula 193 3 491 1 Trans AM GT sss 193 7 491 3 Width 005 74 4 inches 189 0 cm Height Coupe sess 52 0 inches 131 2 cm Convertible Firebird Formula 52 7 inches 134 0 cm Trans Am GT 52 4 inches 133 1 cm Wheelbase 101 1 inches 256 6 cm Front Tread 60 7 inches 154 2 cm Rear Tread 60 6 inches 154 0 cm 6 73 yellow blue NOTES 6 74 yellow blue Y Section7 Maintenance Schedule This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety dependability and emission control performance 7 2 Introduction 7 21 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections 7 4 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services 7 23 Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 7 5 Scheduled Maintenance 7 25 Part E Maintenance Record 7 17 Part B Owner Checks and Services IMPORTANT KEEP ENGINE OIL AT THE PROPER LEVEL AND CHANGE AS RECOMMENDED Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty
117. e eee 7 18 Ignition Transmission Lock 44 7 20 Manual Transmission 000 000 2008 7 18 Parking Brake Mechanism 0 7 20 Restraints System 0 00 eee eee eee 7 18 Starter Switch 0 0 ce cece ee eee 7 19 Tires Inflation e e Ga ee obs eis a Ron e 7 17 Windshield Washer Fluid Level 7 17 Wiper Blade 1 eee cheer errem hes 7 18 Check Gages Eight i osse ccawen hie eem em 2 89 Checking Your Restraint Systems 1 50 Chemical Paint Spotting 000 6 62 Child Restraints i i esis aes aes e Rex exe ER 1 35 Securing in a Rear Seat Position 1 42 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position 1 44 Where to Put endet Ee eere ard 1 39 Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning 6 61 Cigarette Lighter llle 2 57 Circuit Breakers and Fuses 0 000 5 6 65 Cleaner Air Luci ees epis ne OE bp ub Te acs 6 18 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0 000 e eee eee 6 61 Chrome Plated Wheels 0 0 002 e eee 6 61 Convertible Top 20 cece eee eee eee 6 60 Exterior Lamps Lenses 002005 6 59 Fabric Carpet o csc e m eerie ieee es 6 55 Glass Surtaces uses e eee CU TCU REIR QE 6 58 Inside of Your Vehicle 02 0000 eee ee 6 55 Instrument Panel 0 00 0 c eee eee eee ee 6 57 Interior Plastic Components 0 6 57 Leath
118. e key release button On vehicles with a key release button try to turn the key to LOCK without pressing the button The key should turn to LOCK only when you press the key button On all vehicles the key should come out only in LOCK Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK P Mechanism Check When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move 7 20 yellow blue Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only Tocheck the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release all brakes Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed in this part are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice a year for instance each spr
119. e much more effort Steering Tips Driving on Curves It s important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here s why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there s no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you ve ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you ll understand this yellow blue The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you re in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you re steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control Refer to Traction Control in the Index What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under
120. e system or traction control system is active 2 82 yellow blue Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area your engine is approaching an overheating condition If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating in the Index Low Coolant Light 5 7L V8 Engine This warning light should come on briefly while you are starting your engine If the light doesn t come on have it repaired Your vehicle is equipped with a low coolant indicator that is designed to detect when the coolant level drops below a set limit If the coolant level sensor on the radiator detects that the level drops while the engine is running the low coolant indicator will light and remain lit until the ignition is turned to OFF Check coolant level and add coolant as needed The low coolant light might stay on after filling the radiator Turn the ignition to OFF then restart the engine to verify that the low coolant light goes out See Engine Coolant in the Index yellow blue NOTICE Driving with the low coolant light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating in the Index Your vehicle could be damaged and it wouldn t be covered by your warranty Malfunction Indicator Lamp
121. e wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel If you have P245 50ZR16 Goodyear Eagle GS C tires attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can or P275 40ZR17 Goodyear Eagle F1 GS tires they use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be must roll in a certain direction for the best overall performance The direction is shown by an arrow on the sidewall Because these tires are directional they should be rotated as shown here These tires should only be moved from front to rear and rear to front on the same side of the vehicle sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire in the Index Don t include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation 6 49 When It s Time for New Tires One way to tell when it s time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric 6 50 yellow blue The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a pu
122. e with water and get medical help immediately Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Don t let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one yellow blue Now connect the black negative cable to the good battery s negative terminal Don t let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable doesn t go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal part on the engine of the vehicle with the dead battery 10 11 Attach the cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there but the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery If it won t start after a few tries it probably needs service yellow blue 12 Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent electrical shorting Take care that they don t touch each other or any other metal A Heavy Metal Engine Part B Good Battery C Dead Battery yellow blue Towing Your Vehicle NOTICE Use the proper to
123. e worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you d be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there s a sudden stop or a crash 1 31 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle 1 32 yellow blue Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection That includes infants and all children smaller than adult size Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Smaller Children and Babies Children who are up against or very close to any air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed This is true even though your vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags Air bags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its air bag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint syste
124. ear for best fuel economy If your speed drops below 20 mph 32 km h or if the engine is not running smoothly you should downshift to the next lower gear You may have to downshift two or more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance NOTICE If you skip more than one gear when you downshift or if you race the engine when you downshift you can damage the clutch or transmission Skip Shift Light 5 7L V8 Engine When this light comes on you can only shift from FIRST 1 to FOURTH 4 instead of FIRST 1 to SECOND 2 SKIP SHIFT This helps you get the best possible fuel economy yellow blue The light will come on under these conditions The engine coolant temperature is greater than 170 F 77 C you are going 15 to 20 mph 24 to 32 km h and you are at 35 throttle or less When the skip shift light is on the gearshift lever will let you shift from FIRST 1 to FOURTH 4 only Once you are in FOURTH 4 you can press the clutch again and shift into another gear Follow the shift speeds listed below when the SKIP SHIFT light is on Computer Aided Manual Transmission Shift Speeds lst to 4th 15 mph 24 km h 4th to 5th 25 mph 40 km h 5thto 6th 49 mph 64 km h Each time you come to a stop the engine s Powertrain Control Module PCM determines when to activate the SKIP SHIFT upshift system The SKIP SHIFT upshift system is bypassed when yo
125. early full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel filler cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill gasoline Clean gasoline from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle in the Index yellow blue When you put the cap back on turn it to the right clockwise until you hear a clicking sound Make sure you fully install the cap The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the Index NOTICE If you need a new cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and your fuel tank and emissions system may be damaged See Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the Index yellow blue Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in An electric fan under the hood can start up and your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the injure you even when the engine is not running container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can Keep hands clothing and tools away from any be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this underhood electric fan occurs To help avoid injury to you a
126. ee An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling don t do anything else until it cools down A Electric Engine Cooling Fans B Radiator Pressure Cap C Coolant Recovery Tank 5 12 When it is cool remove the coolant recovery tank cap and look at the dipstick The coolant level should be at the FULL COLD mark If it isn t you may have a leak in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system yellow blue Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Don t touch them If you do you can be burned Don t run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle 5 13 NOTICE Engine damage from running your engine without coolant isn t covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode in the Index 5 14 yellow blue NOTICE When adding coolant it is important that you use only DEX COOL silicate free coolant If coolant other than DEX COOL is added to the system premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion may result In addition the engine coolant will requi
127. ee 2 35 Shifting Automatic Transmission lesse ees 2 29 Into PARK P 0 2 eee eee eee eee 2 37 Manual Transmission 0 0000 00 2 35 Out of PARK B tr Rb xe ERE PERS 2 39 Shock Sensor i resid bese be Roe Mad He ea eed 2 14 Signaling Turns 0 0 0 eee e eee eee eee 2 44 Sixth Gear Manual Transmission 2 34 Skidditg fk Sa ba hh kde ala dae ee 4 15 Skip Shift Light 0 2 0 2 sd Ai ee eee 2 35 Sound Equipment Adding 0 0 3 20 Spare Tire Compact sse eee eee 5 36 Specifications and Capacities llli leue 6 71 Specifications Engine 00 0 00 e eee 6 72 Speech Impaired Customer Assistance 8 5 Speedometer oi sese ree eer hy Ren 2 77 SRS bitei aa oe ERU tat aie de a A Ea 1 23 Stains Cleaning os nes i be pe RR x tau 6 55 Starter Switch Check lees 7 19 Starting Your Engine 000 000 200005 2 25 Steal oes sre te t ees deeeke eens sale ds 5 10 Steeri g Losenzitererervse fete i e 3 CE EREE bee ee 4 11 Audio Wheel Controls 0 0 0 0 000 00005 3 19 In Emergencies vue ehe le Re Pada RE 4 12 PoW t is eee ck e Se Rh RN E REERPRREPEESNS 4 11 Mi MTM 4 11 Wheel Tilt ette Rb pierre 2 43 Storage Compartments 0000000008 2 55 Cassette Compact Disc esses 2 95 Front Console ee heh eR RARI Rt 2 55 GIOVE BOK sists tenes ind une reve qp dee 2 55 Ma
128. eet e RARUS RES EX 2 90 LOW OIL Pn 2 87 Low Lracton siris rend mne Ced EP YR 2 82 4 9 Oil Change eco erbe t turten nine EE 2 88 Reduced Engine Power ssess ess 2 90 Safety Belt Reminder 0 1 9 2 78 Service Engine Soon lselees lesus 2 84 Service Vehicle eed eet cm p ein 2 88 Skip Shift eere pde EDT ode teed 2 35 Traction Control System Off Warning 2 81 4 9 Limited Slip Rear Axle 0 00 00 000005 2 42 Loading Your Vehicle 0 00 00 eee 4 31 Locks xcecke we ck EE texas EE UTI AREE Y bres 2 4 DOOL ii ta ae Bs Be dee eae bee Ups CE Ra 2 4 Ignition Transmission Lock Check 7 20 Key Lock Cylinder Service 0 0 0 7 18 Last Door Closed 0 0 0 0 c ee eee eee ees 2 5 Lockout Prevention llleeeeee eese 2 6 Power Door ener pcet e pc e real 2 5 Low Coolant Warning Light s usus 2 83 Low Oil Light Rm RRR ERR ERR RR 2 87 Lubricants and Fluids 2 00 00 eee eee eee 7 23 Lubrication Service Body 0 00005 7 18 Main puse Block sereen ua Ead head ere oh 6 67 Maintenance Normal Replacement Parts 6 73 Maintenance Record 0 cece eee eens 7 25 Maintenance Schedule 0 0 0 0 e eens 7 1 Owner Checks and Services 005 7 17 Periodic Maintenance Inspections 7 21 yellow blue Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
129. ehicle needs service On manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL N push the clutch down halfway and try to start the engine The starter should work only when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the floor If the starter works when the clutch isn t pushed all the way down your vehicle needs service yellow blue Brake Transmission Shift Interlock BTSI Check Automatic Transmission When you are doing this check the vehicle could move suddenly If it does you or others could be injured Follow the steps below 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake see Parking Brake in the Index if necessary NOTE Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the key to the RUN position but don t start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P your vehicle s BTSI needs service 7 19 Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position With an automatic transmission the key should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P With a manual transmission the key should turn to LOCK only when you press th
130. ellow blue Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control Pushin the button at the end of the lever until you reach the lower speed you want then release it Toslow down in very small amounts briefly push the button Each time you do this you ll go 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and don t use cruise control on steep hills Ending Out of Cruise Control There are several ways to turn off the cruise control Step lightly on the brake pedal or push the clutch pedal if you have a manual transmission or Move the cruise switch to OFF Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Exterior Lamps yellow blue The main lamp contro
131. en t even aware of it 4 17 yellow blue Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you can t stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction isn t as good as on dry roads And if your tires don t have much tread left you ll get even less traction It s always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts 4 18 EEE i Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you can t try to slow down before you hit them yellow blue Wet brakes can cause accidents They won t work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control
132. en you go down a steep or long hill If you don t shift down your brakes could get so hot that they wouldn t work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope yellow blue Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they wouldn t work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill 4 25 yellow blue Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down Winter Driving to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transmission and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Don t swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action Here are some tips for winter driving Have your vehicle in good shape for winte
133. enance Services 0 7 4 Seatback Latches seis 03 oe ecrr me e sews ged es 1 8 Seatback Reclining Front 0000 1 6 Seats Folding Rear 0 0 cee eee eee ese 1 8 Four Way Manual 0 0 0 0 cee 1 3 Fully Articulating Sport l l eese 1 5 Manual Front 24 2 sua e ev ET CES 1 2 Power Four Way Lumbar Driver s 1 4 Restraint Systems 4s ere ea e bra eye ose dake 1 1 Seat COMMS LL nece e een detis 1 2 Securing a Child Restraint 0 1 42 Six Way Power sees eee ee ener eens 1 3 Six Way Power with Lumbar Lateral Control 1 4 Second Gear Automatic Transmission 2 31 Second Gear Manual Transmission 2 32 2 33 Service d PME 6 2 Appearance Care ek ede tr e ba gels oe ES 6 1 Bulletins Ordering 0 0 002000 8 14 Engine Soon Light 000000 2 84 Manuals Ordering 000 0000 ae 8 14 Owner Publications 0 0 0 0 0 eee 8 13 Parts Identification Label 0 000 6 64 Publications Ordering 00 005 8 13 9 10 yellow blue Vehicle Light seek rre eR Reed 2 88 Work Doing Your Own 000 0000 6 2 Service Publications 0 000 e eee eee 8 13 Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle 1 28 Sheet Metal Damage 0000000005 6 61 Shift Speeds 00 cece eee eee e
134. ention only If the chime sounds twice and your vehicle is equipped with the Content Theft Deterrent System you will also be able to program Remote Keyless Entry Verification Arming Method Arming Verification Driver s Door Delay and Shock Sensor Enable Exit Lighting and Delayed Illumination With Exit Lighting your interior lamps will come on for up to 25 seconds when the key is removed from the ignition With Delayed Illumination your interior lamps will come on and stay on for up to 25 seconds when entering your vehicle and up to 5 seconds when leaving your vehicle Your vehicle comes with both features enabled Mode 4 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Turn the courtesy lamps on by turning the instrument panel brightness control knob all the way up 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which mode your vehicle is set for 3 Turn the courtesy lamp switch off 4 Turn the courtesy lamp switch from on to off until you hear the number of chimes that correspond to the mode selection you want Mode 1 Both Off Mode 2 Delayed Illumination Only Mode 3 Exit Lighting Only Mode 4 Both On yellow blue Last Door Closed Locking and Lockout Prevention Your vehicle comes with this feature set in Mode 2 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Press the LOCK switch on the door 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which
135. er 2 e pane ore PEOR USER ERE RR 6 57 Outside of Your Vehicle 0 0000 es 6 59 Removable Roof Panel 0000 eee 6 58 Special Problems eene een eii eee neces 6 56 NI n EET 6 55 WALES ebat eU rr EUER E D 6 61 Vinyl esra etp eec ere ep hg laetis edis 6 57 Wheels sepe teier teta ea Daca ne ena eeede eee ene 6 61 Windshield and Wiper Blades 6 58 Cleaning Wiper Blades 0 0 00005 6 58 Clock Setting th ies creino peda o mee bx band 3 6 Comfort Controls 0 0 cee cee inre enir 3 2 Compact Disc Care 3 22 Compact Disc Player seso cicosss tericiiirisi tiss 3 10 Care Rp E ETC TEMPE 3 22 EFtOIS sedii eb e RR Sige ig te MUR ORT 3 11 Trunk Mounted CD Changer 3 12 Compact Spare Tire 0 cee eee eee eee eee 5 36 Content Theft Deterrent System 2 13 Control Loss Of i sere saa esce mt tte seo eRe Bt e ete 4 15 Vepicle a ETE 4 6 yellow blue Convertible Top pectet E Ree 2 66 Cleani g ii des ee b rer ER D EXE TEE ES 6 60 Installing the Boot Cover 0 005 2 69 LEO WETS 223 ebore Rr o eee deae qae 2 66 RAISING mros ieee er ENEE Go ieee senha endo 2 71 Removing the Boot Cover 05 2 70 Convex Outside Mirror 0 00 00 000005 2 55 Coolant i siae rhe e eg he bee see 6 28 Adding erae rece pae RR Ec inde 6 30 Checking 124 eto xen t a pol Qe herd o tau idee 6 30
136. er Position 0 0 0 00sec ee eee eee 1 23 PASSI 12d imde escena one pee oen co tcl Deep ty ance bi 4 13 Passive AMINE iium ERR eee ER 2 16 Pass Key I quM 2 16 Periodic Maintenance Inspections 7 21 Persons with Disabilities GM Mobility Program 8 7 Pontiac Cares Information 005 8 2 Power Accessory Plug 2i rere E ee xS ees 2 58 Antenna Mast Care 0 0 0 eee eese 3 23 Door LOCKS ue eher tee Male ea ace Lae as 2 5 Four Way Lumbar Driver s Seat 1 4 Option FUSES cu Rer Ree ERE n 6 65 Reduced Engine Light 002 2 90 Remote Control Mirror 00 2000 2 54 Six Way Seat is cee ee eee dee hex 1 3 Six Way Seat with Lumbar Lateral Control 1 4 Steering ease cade wey a Se ear ede led NE ES 4 11 Steering Fluid 0 0 eee eee eee eee 6 31 Windows css baht tee Mal eae xe eds 2 42 Power Door Lock Switch Locking 2 15 Power Retained Accessory 0000000 e eee 2 53 Power Steering Fluid How to Check 1 0 0 cece ee eee 6 32 Whatto USE en 6 32 When to Check sis sce ak t eee erm e a ee as 6 31 Pregnancy Use of Safety Belts 1 22 Problems on the Road 0 000 000 000 c eee 5 1 Publications Service and Owner 0005 8 13 yellow blue Raaiator EE E dS we EAL 5 18 Restraints Radiator Pressure Cap 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee ee 6 27 Checking 4
137. er element may be damaged Any temporary license should not be attached across the defogger grid Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax Sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with GM Windshield Cleaner Bon Ami Powder non scratching glass cleaning powder GM Part No 1050011 The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse it with water 6 58 yellow blue Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six months During very cold damp weather more frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index Cleaning a Removable Roof Panel Special care is necessary when cleaning removing and or storing the roof panel Flush with water to remove dust and dirt then dry the panel Clean the panel with GM Glass Cleaner Leave the cleaner on the panel for one m
138. er enthusiasm in our product and our services and make you the most satisfied customer in the world Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 PM CARES 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French yellow blue We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number This is available from the vehicle registration
139. er or qualified service center for service If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling Your Tank in the Index The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off 2 85 Are you low on fuel As your engine starts to run out of fuel your engine may not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts of air are sucked into the fuel line causing a misfire The system can detect this Adding fuel should correct this condition Make sure to install the fuel cap properly See Filling Your Tank in the Index It will take a few driving trips to turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel see Fuel in the Index Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stall
140. er turn the pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot Add coolant mixture at the recovery tank but be careful not to spill it You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Don t spill coolant on a hot engine yellow blue Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located toward the rear of the engine on T the driver s side When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 6 31 How to Check Power Steering Fluid When the engine compartment is cool wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean then unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag Replace the cap and completely tighten it Then remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be at the C cold mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark 6 32 yellow blue When the engine compartment is hot the level should be at the H hot mark When the engine compartment is cool the level should be at the C cold mark What to Use To determ
141. ertible Top NOTICE Don t leave your convertible out with the top down for any long periods of time The sun and the rain can damage your seat material and other things inside your vehicle You can store the sunshades two different ways 1 It is recommended that you park on a level surface When the T tops are in use store the sunshades in Set the parking brake firmly Shift an automatic their storage area in the rear of the vehicle and make transmission into PARK P or a manual sure the cargo cover is in its closed upright position transmission into REVERSE R The ignition must When you have the T tops off and in their storage be in ACC or RUN Lower both sun visors slots store the sunshades on the T tops in their installed position 2 66 yellow blue NOTICE NOTICE It is not recommended that you raise or lower the It is not recommended to lower the top if your top while the vehicle is moving vehicle is out in cold weather 0 F 18 C or lower or you may damage top components NOTICE Don t lower the top if it is damp or wet When the top is down trapped water can cause stains mildew and damage to the inside of your vehicle Be sure to dry off the top before you lower it 2 67 yellow blue 3 Make sure there is NOTICE nothing or anyone on or around the top Push and A hold the down arrow W on the convertible Before lowering the convertible top into the storage area be s
142. essure left blue 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap but now push 3 After the engine cools open the coolant down as you turn it Remove the pressure cap air bleed valve There is one bleed valve It is located on the thermostat housing N CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Don t spill coolant on a hot engine 5 19 Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant in the Index for more information about the proper coolant mixture If you see a stream of coolant coming from an air bleed valve close the valve Otherwise close the valve after the radiator is filled yellow Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the FULL COLD mark Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank but leave the radiator pressure cap off yellow 7 Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the 9 Then replace the pressure cap At any time during upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the engine cooling fans filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure the 8 By this time the coolant level inside the radiator arrows onthe pr ss re cap ane Ae Tike this filler neck may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant m
143. etting damaged If the antenna does not go down when you turn the radio off it may be damaged or need to be cleaned In either case lower the antenna by hand by carefully pressing the antenna down If the mast portion of your antenna is damaged you can easily replace it See your dealer for a replacement kit and follow the instructions in the kit 3 23 yellow blue f NOTES 3 24 yellow blue Y Section 4 Your Driving and the Road Here you ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions We ve also included many other useful tips on driving 4 2 Defensive Driving 4 21 City Driving 4 3 Drunken Driving 4 22 Freeway Driving 4 6 Control of a Vehicle 4 23 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 4 6 Braking 4 24 Highway Hypnosis 4 11 Steering 4 24 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 13 Off Road Recovery 4 26 Winter Driving 4 13 Passing 4 30 Recreational Vehicle Towing 4 15 Loss of Control 4 31 Loading Your Vehicle 4 16 Driving at Night 4 33 Towing a Trailer 4 18 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads yellow blue Defensive driving really means be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or freeways it means always expect the unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do Be ready for their mistakes Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common
144. etween the speakers FADE Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to move the sound to the front or rear speakers The middle position balances the sound between the speakers Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you re not using them Playing a Cassette Tape Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are up to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side Tapes longer than that are so thin they may not work well in this player While the tape is playing use the VOL FADE and BAL controls just as you do for the radio The display will show an arrow to show which side of the tape is playing When the down indicator arrow is lit selections listed on the bottom side of the cassette are playing When the up arrow is lit selections listed on the top side of the cassette are playing The tape player automatically begins playing the other side when it reaches the end of the tape If E and a number appear on the radio display the tape won t play because of an error E10 The tape is tight and the player can t turn the tape hubs Remove the tape Hold the tape with the open end down and try to turn the right hub counterclockwise with a pencil Turn the tape over and repeat If the hubs do not turn easily your tape may be damaged and should not be used in the player Try a new tape to make sure your player is working properly Ell The tape is broken Try a new tape If any error occurs repeate
145. eutral Manual Transmission 2 33 2 34 New Vehicle Break In 00 0000 ee eaee 2 22 Night VisiONi i esegue x aie ea cesa sw ee E 4 17 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 73 Odometer kere ka P Heda ee ea wads E EEEE EG CRL EG ERE aS 2 77 Odometer Trip ceie erp er mene 2 77 Odometer Trip Oil Reset 00 0000 2 77 Off Road Recovery 00 ce eee ee eee eee ee 4 13 Oil Change Light 5 sae he BER 2 88 Engine 2 2 22 9 eve nee exe EIER RES 6 12 How to Reset the Light 0 6 17 Low Laghi 22er Sete er EIE 2 87 Pressure Gage iere e erre RR 2 86 Overdrive Automatic Transmission 2 31 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 9 Overheating Engine 0 0 00 ce eee 5 9 Owner Checks and Services esses 7 17 Owner Publications Ordering 8 14 Paint Spotting Chemical 0000 6 62 Park Automatic Transmission ss eseess 2 29 Shifting Ino esris eimie bm emerat 2 37 Shifting Out of rres cc gy cte e eI ERI 2 39 Parking AUNISHE 2150131255604 p BS REPERI HER EA 2 13 Brake seiri ed rx e ra REPRE IE E T n 2 36 Brake Mechanism Check 0 00 0005 7 20 9 8 yellow blue LOUS cce esos tme epe E EPI E ARR 2 13 Over Things That Burn sueeesseessse 2 40 With a Trailer 2 eee eee eee 4 39 Your Vehicle 3 24 sc0c oti ddd ehe dean 2 40 Passeng
146. f You re Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow 5 1 Hazard Warning Flashers Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off yellow blue Press the button in to make your front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in or even if the key isn t in To turn off the flashers pull out on the collar When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals won t work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set one up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Jump Starting If your battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle But please use the following steps to do it safely Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you don t follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you yellow blue NOTICE Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that wouldn t be covered by your warranty The ACDelco Freedom battery in your vehicle has a built in hydrometer Do not charge test or jump start the battery if the h
147. for normal cooling on hot days This setting cools outside air and directs it through the upper air vents The air conditioner compressor operates in MAX A C bi level blend and defrost when the outside temperature is above freezing When the air conditioner is on you may sometimes notice slight changes in your vehicle s engine speed and power due to the operation of the compressor v BI LEVEL Air is directed through the upper air vents and the heater ducts A VENT Air flows through the upper air vents wW HEATER This setting directs most of the air through the heater ducts and some of the air through the windshield defroster vents BLEND Air is directed through the windshield defroster vents and the heater ducts qp DEFROST This setting directs most of the air through the windshield defroster vents and some of the air through the heater ducts Cooling The air conditioner works best if you keep your windows closed On very hot days open the windows just long enough for the hot air to escape 1 Turn the air control knob to A C for normal cooling For faster cooling turn the knob to MAX 2 Turn the temperature control knob to a comfortable setting 3 Tum the fan control knob to the desired speed yellow blue Heating The heater works best if you keep your windows closed while using it Turn the air control knob to heater 2 Turn the fan control knob to the desired speed 3 Turn the temperature co
148. g and the radio will play If this button is pressed with a CD in the CD changer the disc will go to the next selection 3 19 Understanding Radio Reception AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range however can cause stations to interfere with each other AM can pick up noise from things like storms and power lines Try reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it FM Stereo FM stereo will give you the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to come and go Tips About Your Audio System Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable until it is too late Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes of sound Sound that seems normal can be loud and harmful to your hearing Take precautions by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe sound level before your hearing adapts to it 3 20 yellow blue To help avoid hearing loss or damage Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and clearly NOTICE Before you add any sound equipment to your vehicle like a tape player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio be sure you can add what you want If you can it s very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of you
149. g if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced NOTICE Damage to your engine from neglected oil problems can be costly and is not covered by your warranty yellow blue Low Oil Light Your vehicle is equipped with an oil level monitoring system When you start your engine the warning light will come on briefly If the light doesn t come on have it repaired LOW OIL If the light stays on after starting your engine your engine oil level may be too low You may need to add oil See Engine Oil in the Index NOTICE The oil level monitoring system only checks the oil level when you are starting your engine It does not keep monitoring the level once your engine is running Also the oil level check only works when the engine has been turned off long enough for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 2 87 Oil Change Light This OIL CHANGE light should come on briefly as a OIL bulb check when you start the engine If the OIL CHANGE CHANGE light doesn t come on have it serviced If the OIL CHANGE light comes on and stays on for 60 seconds after you start your vehicle have the oil changed For additional information see Engine Oil When to Change in the Index After changing the engine oil the system must be reset See How to Reset the Oil Change
150. gas pump shuts off before the gage reads F full It takes more or less fuel to fill up than the gage reads For example the gage reads half full but it took more or less than half of the tank s capacity to fill it The gage pointer may move while cornering braking or speeding up The gage may not indicate E empty when the ignition is turned off Low Fuel Light If your fuel is low your vehicle s CHECK GAGES light on your instrument panel cluster will come on 2 90 yellow blue Reduced Engine Power Light V6 Engine Only The REDUCED ENG PWR warning light should come REDUCED on in your instrument panel ENG PWR for a three second bulb check when you first start your vehicle If the light doesn t come on have it serviced If the REDUCED ENG PWR warning light comes on a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while the REDUCED ENGINE PWR light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this warning light stays on the vehicle should be taken to an authorized dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair yellow blue Y Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems In this section you ll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle 3 2 Comfort Controls 3 12 Trunk Mounted CD C
151. ge the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you don t 2 If it doesn t start within 10 seconds push the your engine might not perform properly accelerator pedal all the way to the floor while you If you ever have to have your vehicle towed see hold the ignition key in START When the engine the part of this manual that tells how to do it starts let go of the key and let up on the accelerator without damaging your vehicle See Towing pedal Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help Your Vehicle in the Index avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 26 When starting your engine in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C do this 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START and hold it there When the engine starts let go of the key Use the accelerator pedal to maintain engine speed if you have to until your engine has run for a while 2 If your engine still won t start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine yellow blue NOTICE Your engine is designed to work with the e
152. ged However the fluid in your manual transmission doesn t require changing yellow blue How to Check Then follow these steps Because this operation can be difficult you may choose to have this done at your Pontiac dealership Service Department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading NOTICE Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid 6 Speed 5 Speed Similar 1 Remove the filler plug Check the fluid level only when your engine is off the vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmission is 2 Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the the filler plug hole Mu ED 3 If the fluid level is good install the plug and be sure it is fully seated If the fluid level is low add more fluid as described in the next steps 6 25 How to Add Fluid Here s how to add fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index 1 Remove the filler plug 2 Add fluid at the filler plug hole Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of the filler plug hole 3 Install the filler p
153. h and let dry 6 56 yellow blue Special Fabric Cleaning Problems Stains caused by such things as catsup coffee black egg fruit fruit juice milk soft drinks vomit urine and blood can be removed as follows 1 Carefully scrape off excess stain then sponge the 4 soiled area with cool water If a stain remains follow the multi purpose interior cleaner instructions described earlier If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine treat the area with a water baking soda solution teaspoon 5 ml of baking soda to 1 cup 250 ml of lukewarm water Let dry Stains caused by candy ice cream mayonnaise chili sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows 1 2 Carefully scrape off excess stain First clean with cool water and allow to dry completely If a stain remains follow instructions for Multi Purpose Interior Cleaner Cleaning Vinyl Use warm water and a clean cloth Rub with a clean damp cloth to remove dirt You may have to do it more than once Things like tar asphalt and shoe polish will stain if you don t get them off quickly Use a clean cloth and a vinyl leather cleaner See your dealer for this product Cleaning Leather Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth Then let the leather dry naturally Do not use heat to dry For stubborn stains use a leather cleaner See your dealer for this pro
154. hanger If Equipped 3 3 Heating 3 17 Theft Deterrent Feature 3 4 Defogging and Defrosting 3 19 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped 3 4 Rear Window Defogger 3 20 Understanding Radio Reception 3 5 Ventilation System 3 20 Tips About Your Audio System 3 6 Audio Systems 3 21 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player 3 6 Setting the Clock 3 22 Care of Your Compact Discs 3 6 Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Cassette 3 22 Care of Your Compact Disc Player Tape Player and Equalizer 3 23 Power Antenna Mast Care 3 10 AM FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Equalizer If Equipped Comfort Controls Ww E arc K Low lit s k f eH Wax M OFF With this system you can control the heating air conditioning and ventilation in your vehicle Your vehicle also has the flow through ventilation system described later in this section Fan Control Knob E Turn the fan knob to select the force of air you want 3 2 yellow blue Temperature Control Knob Turn the center knob to change the temperature of the air flowing from the system Turn it toward the red clockwise for warmer air and toward the blue counterclockwise for cooler air Air Control Knob OFF The system is off MAX Provides maximum cooling or quick cool down on very hot days This setting recirculates most of the air inside your vehicle If it is used for long periods of time the air may become dry This setting directs air through the upper air vents A C Use
155. he bulb housing tilt the housing to remove the end with the tab 6 43 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected at least twice a year for wear or cracking See Wiper Blade Check in Section 7 of this manual under Part B Owner Checks and Services for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For the proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts in the Index 6 44 yellow blue 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly toward the driver s side of the vehicle 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 yellow blue Wiper Blade Element Replacement 3 At the heel end of the wiper blade assembly notched end of blade element last slide the blade element into the blade claw sets The plastic retainer caps 1 Locate the heel end of the wiper blade assembly that will be forced off as the element is fully inserted has the two notches held by the wiper blade claw Make sure that all the claw sets are properly engaged in the slots of the blade element To replace the wiper blade element follow these steps 4 Install the wiper blade assembly on the wiper arm For information on wiper blade replacement length and type see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts in the Index 2 Hold the wiper blade assembly with
156. he infant or child restraint will show you how to do that Both the owner s manual and the child restraint instructions are important so if either one of these is not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We at General Motors therefore recommend that you put your child restraint in the rear seat Never put a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Here s why yellow blue A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s air bag inflates even though your vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating air bag Always secure a rear facing child restraint in a rear seat You may secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat but before you do always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It s better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install it be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it 1 39 Top Strap
157. he seats forward and rearward lift the lever under the left front of the seat Slide the seat to where you want it Then release the lever and try to move the seat with your body to make sure the seat is locked into place To raise or lower the seat lift the lever under the right front of the seat and lean forward or backward The driver s seat has three controls on the left side A The front control makes the front of the seat go up and down B The center control makes the whole seat go up and down or forward and backward C The back control makes the rear of the seat go up and down 6 Way Power Seat with Lumbar Lateral Control AQ9 If Equipped This switch is designed to imitate the movements of your seat cushion It is located on the left side of the driver s or the right side of the passenger s seat cushion To move the seat forward or rearward push the switch forward or rearward To raise or lower the seat push the switch up or down To raise or lower the front portion of your seat push the front of the switch up or down To raise or lower the rear portion of your seat push the rear of the switch up or down yellow blue In addition to the power seat control there are two other switches that help you change the shape of your seat There is one lumbar support the front switch for the lower back There is also a side bolster switch the rear switch that adjusts the sides of the seat around you
158. hicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires in the Index 4 20 Aaa City Driving One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You ll want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals yellow blue Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You ll save time and energy See the next part Freeway Driving Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light 4 21 Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the
159. hicle put your manual transmission in REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake If your vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer see Towing Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust a Trailer in the Index parts under your vehicle and ignite Don t park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 2 40 Engine Exhaust Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you can t see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs weren t done correctly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately yellow blue Running Your Engine While You re Parked Automatic Transmission It s better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle see the earlier Caution under Engine Exhaust Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle eve
160. hild Restraint in a Rear Seat Position an e 7 You ll be using the lap shoulder belt See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint has one Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 42 yellow blue Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child s face or neck put it behind the child restraint yellow blue 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is 4 To tighten the belt pull up on the shoulder belt while positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the you push down on the child restraint If you re using safety belt quickly if you ever had to a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 5 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 43 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
161. hild restraints have a top strap and that the strap be anchored Cars first sold in Canada are built to accept a top strap anchor unless the vehicle is a convertible Don t use a top strap child restraint in a convertible because the anchor can t be installed properly If your vehicle is not a convertible ask your dealer to install the top strap anchor using a special kit the dealer can obtain that has the correct anchor hardware and installation instructions The hardware and the cost of installation is free You can install the anchor yourself using the instructions provided in the kit but yellow blue The place where the anchor has to go is quite close to your fuel tank If the anchor isn t installed correctly it can make a hole in the fuel tank either then or in a later collision Gasoline could leak out and be ignited and people in the vehicle or outside it could be badly burned Don t install the anchor yourself unless you know you can do it correctly Canadian law requires that child restraints have a top strap and that the strap be anchored If your child restraint has a top strap your dealer can obtain a kit with anchor hardware and installation instructions specifically designed for this vehicle The dealer can then install the anchor for you This work will be done for you free of charge Or you may install the anchor yourself using the instructions provided in the kit 1 41 Securing a C
162. hings quickly Index A good place to look for what you need is the Index in back of the manual It s an alphabetical list of what s in the manual and the page number where you ll find it Safety Warnings and Symbols You will find a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning yellow blue These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you don t you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Don t Don t do this or Don t let this happen iii Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this book you will find these notices NOTICE These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle iv yellow blue In the notice area we tell you about something that can damage your vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words You ll also see warning labels on your vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE
163. how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage periods Also for your audio system see Theft Deterrent Feature in the Index 6 38 yellow blue Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulb see Replacement Bulbs in the Index For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer s service department Halogen Bulbs Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps Before replacing a headlamp bulb that does not light check to make sure that the wiring connector is securely fastened to it See Replacement Bulbs in the Index to check the type of headlamp bulb you need to use before you begin to replace the headlamp bulb You must replace a headlamp bulb with one that is exactly the same To replace a headlamp 1 Open the headlamp door by turning the headlamps on then turning the switch back to the parking lamps position See Headlamp Doors in the Index TIU WT NR A IBS three main screws yellow blue Remove the bezel using a Phillips screwdriver on the 6 39 yellow blue 4 Pull out the bulb and disconnect the 3 Remove the headlamp plate that holds the bulb to the electrical connector housing
164. ht and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options yellow blue a N MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GVWR GAWR FRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL Agh Me TOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER dif T R ION DARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATEOF M SIN ABOVE 199 ASS CAR M J The other label is the Certification label found on the rear edge of the driver s door It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out Don t carry more than 100 Ibs 45 kg in your rear area 4 31 If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they ll keep going Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or either the maximum front or rear GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 32 yellow blue Things you put inside your vehicle can strike
165. ible to hold Secure the baby in an infant restraint Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle A baby doesn t weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy you can t hold it For example in a crash CAUTION Continued 1 34 Child Restraints Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have protection provided by appropriate restraints Q What are the different types of add on child restraints A Add on child restraints are available in four basic types When selecting a child restraint take into consideration not only the child s weight and size but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used yellow blue An infant car bed A is a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle It s an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface With an infant car bed make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 1 35 yellow blue A rear facing infant restraint B positions an infant to face the rear of the vehicle Rear facing infant restraints are designed for infants of up to about 20 Ibs 9 kg and about one year of age This type of restraint faces the rear so that the infant s head neck and body can have the support they need in a frontal crash Some infant seats come in two parts the base stays secured
166. ice Parts Identification Label Electrical System Replacement Bulbs Capacities and Specifications Air Conditioning Refrigerants Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you ll go to your dealer for all your service needs You ll get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco Genuine Parts Eq Goodwrench yellow blue Doing Your Own Service Work If you want to do some of your own service work you ll want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service and Owner Publications in the Index Your vehicle has an air bag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle in the Index You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record in the Index You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work ona vehicle without knowing enough about it Besure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bo
167. icle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement NOTICE The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire in the Index for more information 6 53 Used Replacement Wheels Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You can t know how it s been used or how far it s been driven It could fail suddenly and cause an accident If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains NOTICE If your vehicle has P235 55R16 P245 50ZR16 or P275 40ZR17 size tires don t use tire chains They can damage your vehicle because there s not enough clearance NOTICE Continued 6 54 yellow blue NOTICE Continued Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it s contacting your vehicle and don t spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear
168. if you are belted Q If my vehicle has air bags why should I have to wear safety belts A Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does safety belts not instead of them Every air bag You get more time to stop You stop over more distance system ever offered for sale has required the use of and your strongest bones take the forces That s why safety belts Even if you re in a vehicle that has air safety belts make such good sense bags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions or the safety belts 1 13 Q If Pm a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you re in an accident even one that isn t your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver doesn t protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone 1 14 yellow blue How to Wear Safety Belts Properly Adults This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safet
169. if everything is working properly and what to do if you have a problem 2 2 Keys 2 40 2 4 Door Locks 2 40 2 6 Keyless Entry System If Equipped 2 41 2 11 Hatch 2 41 2 12 Theft 2 13 Content Theft Deterrent System Option 2 42 2 16 PASS Key II 2 43 2 22 New Vehicle Break In 2 44 2 23 Ignition Positions 2 49 2 25 Starting Your Engine 2 52 2 28 Engine Coolant Heater Canada Only 2 54 2 29 Automatic Transmission Operation 2 55 2 32 Manual Transmission Operation 2 59 2 36 Parking Brake 2 66 2 37 Shifting Into PARK P Automatic 2 74 Transmission Only 2 39 Shifting Out of PARK P 2 78 Automatic Transmission Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust Running Your Engine While You re Parked Automatic Transmission Windows Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever Exterior Lamps Interior Lamps Mirrors Storage Compartments Twin Lift Off Roof Panels If Equipped Convertible Top If Equipped The Instrument Panel Your Information System Warning Lights Gages and Indicators yellow blue Keys Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons A child or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move Don t leave the keys in a vehicle with children This key is for the ignition only This key is for the doors and all other
170. igarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the size you need Replace it as soon as you can 6 66 Main Fuse Block FUSE USAGE CHART B 1 2 3 4 STOP HAZARD TURN B U STG WHL CNTRL RADIO ACCY 5 6 7 8 TAIL LPS HVAC PWR ACCY COURTESY 9 10 11 12 GAUGES AIR BAG CIG ACCY DEFOG SEATS 13 14 LH 1s GN STG WHL CNTRL WIPER WASH BATT WINDOWS 16 17 IP DIMMER ACCY RADIO SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR MORE INFORMATION PRINTED IN U S A V Fuse Usage STOP HAZARD Hazard Flashers Brake Switch Assembly TURN B U Traction Control Switch Back Up Lamp Switch Turn Flasher Daytime Running Lamps DRL Module Fuse STG WHEEL CNTRL RADIO ACCY TAIL LPS HVAC PWR ACCY COURTESY GAUGES AIR BAG yellow blue Usage Steering Wheel Controls Delco Monsoon Radio Amplifier Power Antenna Remote CD Player Hatch Daytime Running Lamps DRL Module Headlamp Switch HVAC Selector Switch Rear Defogger Switch Timer Parking Lamp Relay Hatch Release Relay Power Mirror Switch Radio Shock Sensor Instrument Cluster Body Control Module BCM Body Control Module BCM Brake Transmission Shift Interlock BTSD Instrument Cluster Daytime Running Lamps DRL Module Air Bag 6 67 Fuse CIG ACCY DEFOG SEATS IGN STG WHEEL CNTRL WIPER WASH BATT WINDOWS 6 68 Usage Fuse Cigarette Lighter Data Link IP DIMMER Connector DLC A
171. igations you might incur For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following information to give the advisor Location of vehicle Telephone number of your location Vehicle model year and color Mileage of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number VIN Vehicle license plate number yellow blue Pontiac reserves the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in Pontiac s judgement the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we re only a phone call away Pontiac Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE or 1 800 762 3743 Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States Please refer to the separate brochure provided by the dealer or call 1 800 268 6800 for emergency services Courtesy Transportation Pontiac has always exemplified quality and value in its offering of motor vehicles To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealerships are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retail purchase lease customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited War
172. ight Cassette and Compact Disc Storage You have a storage area for cassette and compact discs in your console Map Pocket Each door has a map pocket There may also be a map pocket on the back of the seats 2 55 yellow blue Cargo Cover Removing the Cargo Cover 1 Close the cover If the cargo cover is not closed and resting on the trim panel it cannot be removed 2 Pull the cover toward you to unsnap it Then slide the cargo cover along the groove in the trim panel Reverse the steps to install the cover Using the Cargo Cover The cargo cover can be closed for hidden storage in the rear area of your vehicle It can also help reduce noise in the vehicle when placed in the upright position closing out the rear end area 2 56 When carrying large or heavy items it is a good idea to open the panel and place the items in the rear area An improperly stored cargo cover could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver You or others could be injured If you remove the cover always store it outside the vehicle When you put it back always be sure that it is securely reattached yellow blue Ashtray and Cigarette Lighter Lift up the cover to open the ashtray To remove it lift up on either side of the ashtray If you have an automatic transmission the ashtray is near the front of your console If you have a manual transmission the ashtray is near your cupholder NOTICE
173. ignition is on when the hatch is open when the alarm is disarmed or when it is customized to be ignored and for five seconds after the horn sounds an alarm or chirp The shock sensor is ignored after triggering three full alarms until the system is rearmed Arming the System The alarm system can be armed to detect break ins by locking your vehicle using the remote keyless entry transmitter or by locking the doors with the power door lock switch Passive arming is also available if you would like the system to arm all by itself after the doors have been closed for a short time When the system is armed a red light on the top of the instrument panel will flash briefly once every two seconds If you return to your vehicle and the red light is flashing two brief flashes every two seconds the system is armed and the shock sensor had triggered a two minute alarm If the red light is flashing three times every two seconds the system is armed and there was an intrusion that sounded the alarm Horn chirps and parking lamp flashes can be set to your choice See Feature Customization in the Index yellow blue Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Locking If all the doors are closed locking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter will immediately arm the system The horn will chirp twice and the parking lamps will flash confirming that the system is armed If any door is open when the transmitter LOCK button is pressed the
174. in the top fabric Don t use detergents harsh cleaners solvents or bleaching agents 6 60 yellow blue Wet the entire vehicle and wash the top evenly to avoid spots or rings Let the soap remain on the fabric for a few minutes When the top is really dirty use a mild foam type cleaner Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle then let the top dry in direct sunlight To protect the convertible top After you wash the vehicle make sure the top is completely dry before you lower it Don t get any cleaner on the vehicle s painted finish it could leave streaks If you decide to go through an automatic car wash ask the manager if the equipment could damage your top Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels If Equipped Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Don t use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on any wheels other than chrome plated wheels Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Don t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has
175. in the vehicle and the seat part is removable 1 36 yellow blue A forward facing child restraint C E positions a child upright to face forward in the vehicle These forward facing restraints are designed to help protect children who are from 20 to 40 Ibs 9 to 18 kg and about 26 to 40 inches 66 to 102 cm in height or up to around four years of age One type a convertible restraint is designed to be used either as a rear facing infant seat or a forward facing child seat 1 37 1 38 blue A booster seat F G is designed for children who are about 40 to 60 lbs or even up to 80 lbs 18 to 27 kg or even up to 36 kg and about four to eight years of age A booster seat is designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Booster seats with shields use lap only belts however booster seats without shields use lap shoulder belts Booster seats can also help a child to see out the window When choosing a child restraint be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both These restraints use the belt system in your vehicle but the child also has to be secured within the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury The instructions that come with t
176. ine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing yellow blue Adding Washer Fluid NOTICE When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Don t mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water doesn t clean as well as washer fluid Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it s very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY Add completely full washer fluid until the tank is full Don t use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 6 33 Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is on the driver s side of the engine compartment It is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid 6 34 yellow blue There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level
177. ing in the Index A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should 6 28 yellow blue NOTICE When adding coolant it is important that you use only DEX COOL silicate free coolant If coolant other than DEX COOL is added to the system premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion may result In addition the engine coolant will require change sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Damage caused by the use of coolant other than DEX COOL is not covered by your new vehicle warranty What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which won t damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you don t need to add anything else Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid like alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you wouldn t get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixtu
178. ing and fall You should let your dealer s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Proper procedures to perform these services may be found in a service manual See Service and Owner Publications in the Index Steering and Suspension Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc yellow blue Exhaust System Inspection Inspect the complete exhaust system Inspect the body near the exhaust system Look for broken damaged missing or out of position parts as well as open seams holes loose connections or other conditions which could cause a heat build up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust in the Index Engine Cooling System Inspection Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace as needed Clean the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap is recommended at least once a year 7 21 Throttle System Inspection Except 3800 Series V6 Engine Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding and for da
179. ing distance on any slippery road Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose show eed vs with cadtion Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that s covered with ice On an otherwise If you have traction control keep the system on It will clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas improve your ability to accelerate when driving on a where the sun can t reach around clumps of trees slippery road Even though your vehicle has a traction behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the control system you ll want to slow down and adjust your surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when driving to the road conditions See Traction Control the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice System in the Index ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you re actually on the ice and avoid If you don t have the traction control system accelerate f sudden steering maneuvers gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more 4 28 If You re Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your pas
180. ing when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off have your dealer or qualified service center check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 2 86 yellow blue Oil Pressure Gage 3800 V6 Engine 5 7L V8 Engine This gage tells you there could be a problem with your engine oil pressure The engine oil pressure gage shows the engine oil pressure in psi pounds per square inch in the United States or kPa kilopascals in Canada when the engine is running On the 5 7L V8 engine oil pressure should be 20 to 80 psi 140 to 550 kPa On the 3800 V6 engine the oil pressure should be between 20 and 120 psi 140 to 827 kPa It may vary with engine speed outside temperature and oil viscosity but readings above the red area show the normal operating range Readings in the red area tell you that the engine is low on oil or that you might have some other oil problem See Engine Oil in the Index Don t keep drivin
181. inute then wipe the panel with a soft lint free cloth Don tuse abrasive cleaning materials Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Don t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Don t use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely You can get GM approved cleaning products from your dealer See Appearance Care and Materials in the Index Don t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle yellow blue Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a vehicle washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get GM approved cleaning products from your
182. is currently playing Press RECALL again within five seconds to see how long the track has been playing When a new track starts to play the track number will also appear Press RECALL a third time and the time of day will be displayed SEEK Press the SEEK down arrow while playing a CD to go back to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played If you press it again the changer will go to previous tracks Press the SEEK up arrow and it will go to the next higher track on the disc CD PLAY Press this button to play a CD if you have a magazine loaded in the changer and the radio is playing To return to the radio while a CD is playing press AM FM You can also press this button to switch between a CD in the compact disc player and a CD in the trunk mounted CD changer if both are loaded Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your radio It works by using a secret code to disable all radio functions whenever battery power is removed The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or ignored If ignored the system plays normally and the radio is not protected by the feature If THEFTLOCK is activated your radio will not operate if stolen When THEFTLOCK is activated the radio will display LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery power is removed If your battery loses power for any reason you must unlock the radio with the secret code before it will operate A
183. is playing press AM FM You can also press this button to switch between a cassette tape and CD if both are loaded If your vehicle is equipped with the Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Equalizer the following buttons are used for the trunk mounted CD changer 3 15 PREV 1 Press this button to go back to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played Press PREV again to go to the previous track on the disc NEXT 2 Press this button to advance to the next track on the disc RDM 3 Press this button to enter the random play mode RDM will appear on the display While in this mode the tracks on the discs will be played in random order If you press the number four preset button or SEEK while in the random mode discs and tracks will be scanned randomly Press this button again to turn off the random feature and return to normal operation 4 Press this button to select the next disc in the magazine If a CD cannot be played its number will be skipped when selecting discs while using this button REV 5 Press and hold this button to quickly reverse within a track As the CD reverses elapsed time will be displayed to help you find the correct passage 3 16 yellow blue FWD 6 Press and hold this button to quickly advance within a track As the CD advances elapsed time will be displayed to help you find the correct passage RECALL Press this button to see what track
184. ive safely and economically 2 76 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in either miles used in the United States or kilometers used in Canada You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a new odometer installed If possible the new one has to be set to the same reading the old one had If it can t be then it s set at zero and a label on the driver s door must show the old reading and when the new one was installed Trip Odometer TRIP OIL RESET ON yellow blue The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero To set the trip odometer to zero press the TRIP OIL RESET knob on the instrument panel cluster Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm OTICE Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area or engine damage may occur 2 77 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injur
185. ixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck blue How to Add Coolant to the Radiator V8 Engine Only 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap but now push down as you turn it Remove the pressure cap 1 You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap and AN CAUTION upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops Don t press dion while inp egress can You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means and it will burn if the engine parts are hot there is still some pressure left enough Don t spill coolant on a hot engine 5 22 yellow T a y t a Fa aseo bn rj Troy p NER 3 Fill with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture 7 Shut the engine off and replace the pressure cap 4 Continue to fill the radiator up to the base of the eo eee filler neck 5 Rinse or wipe the spilled coolant from the engine and compartment 6 Start the engine and allow it to run in idle for approximately four minutes By this time the coolant level inside the radiator will be lower Add more of the proper mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck 8 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the proper level 5 24 ye
186. jack and wheel wrench loosen and remove the bolt and remove the plastic cover yellow blue Remove the wing nut and adapter and pull out the spare The tools you ll be using include the jack A and wheel wrench B 5 27 yellow blue Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire The jack has a bolt at the end Attach the wheel wrench to the jack bolt Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the lift head a little 1 Using the wheel wrench loosen all the wheel nuts If your wheel has a center cap pry it off using Don t remove them yet the wheel wrench If your vehicle has optional alloy wheels each wheel has one locknut in place of the standard wheel nut A special wheel lock key removal tool and instructions are located in the center console Attach the wheel lock key to the socket of the wheel wrench Remove the locking wheel nut by turning counterclockwise 5 28 yellow blue Position the jack under the vehicle There is a notch in the vehicle s rocker flange on the coupe model Raise the jack head until it fits firmly into the notch nearest the flat tire On convertible models place the jack in a similar location 5 29 Stay away from moldings or fender flanges to avoid damaging them 3 Put the compact tire near you 5 30 yellow blue Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or kil
187. l If you leave your cruise control switch on when you re not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you don t want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use it 1 Move the cruise control switch to ON 2 Get up to the speed you want 3 Push in the SET button at the end of the lever and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 2 47 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then apply the brake or clutch pedal This of course shuts off the cruise control But you don t need to reset it Once you re going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can move the cruise control switch from ON to R A Resume Accelerate for about half a second You ll go right back up to your chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are three ways to go to a higher speed Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Push the button at the end of the lever then release the button and the accelerator pedal You ll now cruise at the higher speed To increase your speed in very small amounts briefly move the switch to R A and then release it Each time you do this your vehicle will go about mph 1 6 km h faster Move the cruise switch from ON to R A Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want and then release the switch 2 48 y
188. l is a knob that works these lamps Headlamps Taillamps Parking Lamps License Lamps Sidemarker Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Xo This setting turns on your headlamps and other operating lamps PS This setting turns on your parking lamps and other operating lamps without your headlamps Turn the knob to OFF to turn off the lamps Headlamps On Reminder If you turn the ignition off and leave the lamps on you will hear a chime lasting up to five seconds If the lamps are still on when you open the driver s door the chime will sound again 2 49 Headlamp Doors The headlamp doors are designed to open when you turn the headlamps on and close when you turn the headlamps off The headlamp doors can be opened without turning on the headlamps by turning the headlamps on then turning the switch back to the parking lamps position The headlamp doors should be open when driving in icy or snowy conditions to prevent the doors from freezing closed and when washing the vehicle to help clean the headlamps To open the headlamp doors manually 1 Open the hood 2 Remove the plastic cover from the retractor motor knob 3 Turn the retractor motor knob counterclockwise until the headlamp door is fully open The knob will get harder to turn when the headlamp door is all the way up 4 Replace the plastic cover on the retractor motor knob To manually close the headlamp doors turn the lamps off and turn the retractor mo
189. le goes straight into a wall that doesn t move or deform the threshold level is about 12 to 18 mph 19 to 29 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range If your yellow blue vehicle strikes something that will move or deform such as a parked car the threshold level will be higher The air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers side impacts or rear impacts because inflation would not help the occupant In any particular crash no one can say whether an air bag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or near frontal impacts What makes an air bag inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the air bag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the air bag The inflator air bag and related hardware are all part of the air bag modules inside the steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the right front passenger 1 26 How does an air bag restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel Air bags supplement the prote
190. lectronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you don t your engine might not perform properly If you ever have to have your vehicle towed see the part of this manual that tells how to do it without damaging your vehicle See Towing Your Vehicle in the Index 2 27 yellow blue Engine Coolant Heater To Use the Engine Coolant Heater Canada Only 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is attached to the outside of the underhood fuse box 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine 110 volt AC outlet If the cord won t reach use a coolant heater can help You ll get easier starting and heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually at least 15 amps the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle 2 28 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you don t it
191. led Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire yellow blue 6 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off 5 31 blue N CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident a i 8 Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench 3 E d ha counterclockwise Lower the jack completely T 7 Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nu
192. less favorable conditions you ll want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway 4 11 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you can t there isn t room That s the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes See Braking in Emergencies earlier in this section It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available 4 12 yellow blue An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fas
193. lip Axle Lubricant GM Part Conditioning Part No 12345579 or equivalent Differential No 12378261 or equivalent meeting GM Specification 9986115 With a complete drain and refill add 4 ounces 118 ml of Limited Slip Axle Lubricant Additive GM Part No 1052358 or equivalent where required See Rear Axle in the Index 7 24 yellow blue Part E Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading and who performed the service in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services or Periodic Maintenance can be added on the following record pages Also you should retain all maintenance receipts Your owner information portfolio is a convenient place to store them Maintenance Record ODOMETER DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED yellow blue Maintenance Record ODOMETER DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED yellow blue Y Section 8 Customer Assistance Information Here you will find out how to contact Pontiac if you need assistance This section also tells you how to obtain service publications and how to report any safety defects 8 2 Pontiac Cares 8 10 Courtesy Transportation 8 3 What Makes Up Pontiac Cares 8 11 Warranty Information 8 3 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8 12 Reporting Safety Defects to the United 8 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone States G
194. llision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key only to OFF Don t press the key release button while the vehicle is moving If you have a manual transmission your ignition lock has a key release button You must press the key release button to put the ignition key in the LOCK position before you can take your key out 2 24 Starting Your Engine Automatic Transmission Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine won t start in any other position that s a safety feature To restart when you re already moving use NEUTRAL N only NOTICE Don t try to shift to PARK P if your Pontiac is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The gear selector should be in NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle won t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down that s a safety feature yellow blue Starting Your 3800 Series II V6 Engine 1 Without pushing the accelerator pedal turn your ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm NOTICE Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait abo
195. llow blue Part B Owner Checks and Services tells you what should be checked and when It also explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections explains important inspections that your dealer s service department or another qualified service center should perform Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants lists some recommended products to help keep your vehicle properly maintained These products or their equivalents should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done Part E Maintenance Record provides a place for you to record the maintenance performed on your vehicle Whenever any maintenance is performed be sure to write it down in this part This will help you determine when your next maintenance should be done In addition it is a good idea to keep your maintenance receipts They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services Using Your Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we don t know exactly how you ll drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use
196. llow blue If a Tire Goes Flat It s unusual for a tire to blow out while you re driving especially if you maintain your tires properly If air goes out of a tire it s much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you d use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use your jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your hazard warning flashers Changing a tire can cause an injury The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over you or other people You and they could be badly injured Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Se
197. low blue Open the hatch and find the tab along the left side trim panel Lift up the tab and turn the valve counterclockwise to release the hydraulic pressure Turn the ignition key to LOCK You can now raise or lower your top manually Be sure to close the valve after installing your top so you can raise or lower it electrically later 2 73 yellow blue The Instrument Panel Your Information System SF Eo Be oO Be Fog Lamp Switch Main Lamp Control Air Vents Instrument Panel Cluster Horn Audio System Glove Box Comfort Controls Cupholders Parking Brake Lever HeomRHOUWvOZzz m yellow blue Storage Console Rear Window Defogger Button Convertible Top Switch If Equipped Traction Control System Switch Cigarette Lighter Shift Lever Ashtray Automatic Transmission Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped Remote Hatch Release Accessory Power Outlet 2 75 yellow blue Instrument Panel Cluster TRIP OIL RESET 220 140 BAG OFF 8888887 2406 cHRNGE BRAKE 150 ar 88 8 8 8 SERVICE i CHECK LOW m o VEHICLE e GAGES TRAC l PD ay as 400w E 260 5 7L V8 engine shown 3800 V6 engine similar Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You ll know how fast you re going your engine s rpms about how much fuel you have left and many other things you ll need to know to dr
198. ltifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes your Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator Headlamp High Low Beam Changer and Passing Signal Windshield Wipers Windshield Washer Cruise Control Option 2 44 yellow blue Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows don t flash but just stay on as you signal a turn or lane change a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won t see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows don t go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers in the Index Headlamp High Low Beam Changer When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel also will be on To change the headlamps from low beam to high or from high beam to low pull the t
199. lts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt yellow blue Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel The 8th digit of your vehicle identification number VIN shows the code letter for your engine You will find the VIN at the top left of your instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number in the Index If you have the 3800 V6 engine VIN Code K use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher If you have the 5 7L V8 engine VIN Code G use premium unleaded gasoline rated at 91 octane or higher for best performance You may use middle grade or regular unleaded gasolines but your vehicle may not accelerate as well It is recommended that the gasoline meet specifications which have been developed by the American Automobile Manufacturers Association AAMA and endorsed by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association for better vehicle performance and engine protection Gasolines meeting the AAMA specification could provide improved driveability and emission control system performance compared to other gasolines For more infor
200. lue Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Don t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight the weight of the trailer the weight of the trailer tongue and the total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 500 Ibs 680 kg under normal driving conditions It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg when driven on long grades at high ambient temperatures above 90 F 32 C But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important And it can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at Pontiac Division Customer Assistance Center One Pontiac Plaza Pontiac MI 48340 2952 In Canada write to General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW include
201. lue NOTICE When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the remote keyless 2 10 entry transmitter 1 Carefully pry off the cover by inserting a dime or similar object in the slot between the covers and twist Lift off the back cover 3 Remove and replace the battery Use one battery type CR2022 or a similar type Put the new battery in printed side down Replace the cover Make sure the cover is on tightly so water won t get in Check the transmitter operation If the transmitter does not work after battery replacement it may need to be resynchronized or matched to your vehicle See Resynchronization in the Index Resynchronization Resynchronization may be necessary due to the security method used by the remote keyless entry system The transmitter does not send the same signal twice to the receiver The receiver will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously This prevents anyone from recording and playing back the signal from the transmitter To resynchronize the transmitter with the receiver stand close to your vehicle and at the same time press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for about eight seconds The door locks should cycle and the parking lamps should flash to confirm synchronization If this does not happen you may need
202. lug Be sure the plug is fully seated Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting The clutch master cylinder reservoir is filled with hydraulic clutch fluid It isn t a good idea to top off your clutch fluid Adding fluid won t correct a leak A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 6 26 yellow blue When to Check and What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often you should check the fluid level in your clutch master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid See Owner Checks and Services and Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index How to Check The proper fluid should be added if the level is below the plastic step on the reservoir See the instructions on the reservoir cap Rear Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index How to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Standard Differential Use SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Gear Lubricant GM Part No 12378261 or equivalent meeting GM Specification 9986115 Limited Slip Differential To add lubricant when the level is
203. lure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light doesn t come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and service may be required If the Light Is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle Reducing vehicle speed Avoiding hard accelerations Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible yellow blue If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and drive the vehicle to your deal
204. lutch as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and brake pedal and shift into NEUTRAL N NEUTRAL N Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal NOTICE Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving could damage your transmission Also use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle yellow blue This is your shift pattern Here s how to operate your transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you re going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL N and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal down Then shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 2 33 THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 FIFTH 5 and SIXTH 6 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 FIFTH 5 and SIXTH 6 ge
205. m can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle Smaller children and babies should always be restrained in a child or infant restraint The instructions for the restraint will say whether it is the right type and size for your child A very young child s hip bones are so small that a regular belt might not stay low on the hips as it should Instead the belt will likely be over the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force right on the child s abdomen which could cause serious or fatal injuries So be sure that any child small enough for one is always properly restrained in a child or infant restraint yellow blue Infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because an infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a frontal crash an infant in a rear facing restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of the infant s body the back and shoulders A baby should be secured in an appropriate infant restraint This is so important that many hospitals today won t release a newborn infant to its parents unless there is an infant restraint available for the baby s first trip in a motor vehicle 1 33 blue at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on your arms The baby would be almost imposs
206. m nor its air bag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see the part of this manual called Children and see the caution labels on the sunvisors and the right front passenger s safety belt There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument AIR panel which shows B AG AIR BAG The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Air Bag Readiness Light in the Index for more information yellow blue How the Air Bag System Works The right front passenger s air bag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side Where are the air bags The driver s air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 25 If something is between an occupant and an air bag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person The path of an inflating air bag must be kept clear Don t put anything between an occupant and an air bag and don t attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other air bag covering When should an air bag inflate An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash The air bag will inflate only if the impact speed is above the system s designed threshold level If your vehic
207. maged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables Rear Axle Service Check the gear lubricant level in the rear axle and add if needed See Rear Axle in the Index A fluid loss may indicate a problem Check the axle and repair it if needed 7 22 yellow blue Brake System Inspection Inspect the complete system Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc Check parking brake adjustment You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants NOTE Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification may be obtained from your dealer USAGE FLUID LUBRICANT Engine Oil Engine Oil with the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines Starburst symbol of the proper viscosity To determine the preferred viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil in the Index Engine Coolant 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only GM Goodwrench DEX COOL or Havoline DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant in the Index Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid GM
208. marks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this manual Please keep this manual in your vehicle so it will be there if you ever need it when you re on the road If you sell the vehicle please leave this manual in it so the new owner can use it Litho in U S A Part No 10298129 B First Edition ii CERTIFIED WE SUPPORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION THROUGH National Institute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE V J yellow blue We support voluntary technician certification For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a French Language Manual Aux propri taires canadiens Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais chez votre concessionaire ou au DGN Marketing Services Ltd 1577 Meyerside Dr Mississauga Ontario LST 1B9 Copyright General Motors Corporation 1998 All Rights Reserved How to Use this Manual Many people read their owner s manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If you do this it will help you learn about the features and controls for your vehicle In this manual you ll find that pictures and words work together to explain t
209. mation write to American Automobile Manufacturer s Association 7430 Second Ave Suite 300 Detroit MI 48202 Be sure the posted octane for premium is at least 91 at least 89 for middle grade and 87 for regular If the octane is less than 87 you may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive If it s bad enough it can damage your engine If you re using fuel rated at the recommended octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service But don t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when you re accelerating or driving up a hill That s normal and you don t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid of pinging It s the heavy constant knock that means you have a problem 6 4 yellow blue If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission Standards indicated on the underhood emission control label it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications If such fuels are not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and or your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the Index If this occurs return to your authorized Pontiac dealer for diagnosis to determine the cause of failure In the event it is determine
210. mber will be skipped when selecting discs while using the PROG button DO 4 Press this button to enter the random play mode RDM will appear on the display While in this mode the tracks on the discs will be played in random order If you press PROG or SEEK while in the random mode discs and tracks will be scanned randomly Press this button again to turn off the random feature and return to normal operation REV 5 Press and hold this button to quickly reverse within a track As the CD reverses elapsed time will be displayed to help you find the correct passage yellow blue FWD 6 Press and hold this button to quickly advance within a track As the CD advances elapsed time will be displayed to help you find the correct passage RECALL Press this button to see what track is currently playing Press RECALL again within five seconds to see how long the track has been playing When a new track starts to play the track number will also appear Press RECALL a third time and the time of day will be displayed SEEK Press the SEEK down arrow while playing a CD to go back to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played If you press it again the changer will go to previous tracks Press the SEEK up arrow and it will go to the next higher track on the disc TAPE PLAY Press this button to play a CD if you have a magazine loaded in the changer and the radio is playing To return to the radio while a CD
211. mbursement up to 30 per day five days maximum may be available for the use of public transportation such as taxi or bus In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses up to 10 per day five day maximum may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle When your vehicle is unavailable due to overnight warranty repairs your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle you obtained at actual cost up to a maximum of 30 00 per day supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage
212. miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle yellow blue Uniform Tire Quality Grading The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to Federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 6 51 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habit
213. n Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again If you re still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service 2 7 Operation The driver s door will unlock automatically when UNLOCK is pressed If UNLOCK is pressed again within five seconds the passenger s door will also unlock All doors will lock when LOCK is pressed The hatch will unlock when the REAR 2X button is pressed twice within five seconds as long as the ignition is turned to OFF If the ignition is on the REAR 2X button will only work if the transmission is in PARK P for an automatic transmission or if the parking brake is set on a manual transmission The system will turn on the interior lamps for about 40 seconds or until the ignition is turned to RUN when you unlock the doors or hatch The interior lamps will go off when you lock the doors Operating the remote keyless entry transmitter may interact with the Content Theft Deterrent System if you have this option See Content Theft Deterrent System in the Index yellow blue Alarm Panic Mode If you are involved in a panic situation press the horn symbol button on your remote keyless entry transmitter and your vehicle s horn will sound and the parking lamps will flash This will draw needed attention to you and your vehicle To turn this feature off either push the horn
214. n be programmed Listed next to each feature is the option you need to have on your vehicle in order to be able to program that particular feature Exit Lighting available for all Delayed Illumination available for all Last Door Closed Locking if equipped with power door locks Lockout Prevention if equipped with power door locks Remote Keyless Entry Verification if equipped with Content Theft Deterrent System Theft Deterrent Arming Method if equipped with Content Theft Deterrent System Theft Deterrent Arming Verification if equipped with Content Theft Deterrent System Driver s Door Alarm Delay if equipped with Content Theft Deterrent System Shock Sensor Enable if equipped with Content Theft Deterrent System 2 18 yellow blue Entering Programming Mode To program features your vehicle must be in the programming mode Follow these steps 1 2 Put your key in the ignition Turn the ignition to RUN to disarm the Content Theft Deterrent System 3 Turn the ignition to OFF Remove the RADIO fuse This fuse is in the main fuse block located on the left side of your instrument panel See Fuses and Circuit Breakers in the Index Turn the ignition to ACC You should hear a chime to verify that the system is in the programming mode If the chime sounds once you will be able to program Exit Lighting Delayed Illumination Last Door Closed Locking and Lockout Prev
215. n if the fan switch is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Blizzard in the Index 2 41 blue CAUTION Manual Windows It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if Turn the window crank handle to open and close each the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the door window parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Power Windows If Equipped Don t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you ve left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won t move See Shifting Into PARK P in the Index If you are parking on a hill and if you re pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer in the Index Limited Slip Rear Axle If your vehicle has this feature your limited slip rear axle can give you additional traction on snow mud ice Switches on the driver s door control each window sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the when the ignition is on or when RAP is present time but when one of the rear wheels has no traction See Retained Accessory
216. nal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 1 19 yellow blue Q What s wrong with this You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which aren t as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 20 yellow blue Q What s wrong with this You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it y DEVE a A The belt is twisted across the body 1 21 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle yellow Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they don t wear safety belts A pregnant woman should we
217. ncture cut or other damage that can t be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage Buying New Tires To find out what kind and size of tires you need look at the Tire Loading Information label The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had a Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec number on each tire s sidewall When you get new tires get ones with that same TPC Spec number That way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give proper endurance handling speed rating traction ride and other things during normal service on your vehicle If your tires have an all season tread design the TPC number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow If you ever replace your tires with those not having a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type bias bias belted or radial as your original tires Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the same size and type tires on all wheels It s all right to drive with your compact spare though It was developed for use on your vehicle If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many
218. nd others Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Don t smoke while pumping gasoline Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like gasoline oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood first pull the handle located inside the vehicle below the instrument panel on the driver s side yellow blue Then go to the front of the vehicle and pull up on the hood release located at the center of your hood Lift the hood When you open the hood of the 3800 V6 engine you ll see A Engine Coolant Reservoir B Battery C Radiator Cap D Engine Oil Fill Cap E Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick If Equipped F Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir G Engine Cooling Fans yellow H Engine Air Cleaner Filter I Power Steering Fluid Reservoir J Engine Oil Dipstick K Brake Fluid Reservoir L Clutch Fluid Reservoir If Equipped yellow When you open the hood of the 5 7L V8 engine you
219. ne number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1804 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program yellow blue Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance If a U S customer wishes to write to Pontiac the letter should be addressed to Pontiac s Customer Assistance Center United States Pontiac GMC Customer Assistance Center P O Box 436008 Pontiac MI 48343 6008 1 800 PM CARES 1 800 762 2737 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 yellow blue Canada Caribbean Numbers General Motors ee 1 800 496 9992 English Puerto Rico Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Puerto Rico
220. ned up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone isn t trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot 4 14 yellow blue Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your right outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Don t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you re being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let s review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration don t have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency don t give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicl
221. ng brake before you can use the remote hatch release 2 12 yellow blue This button only works when the ignition is in RUN ACC or when RAP is present See Retained Accessory Power in the Index NOTICE If you put things in the hatchback area be sure they won t break the glass when you close it Never slam the hatch down You could break the glass or damage the defogger grid if equipped On vehicles with the Content Theft Deterrent System the remote hatch release button will not work while the system is armed See Content Theft Deterrent System in the Index Theft Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal However there are ways you can help Key in the Ignition If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside it s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves so don t do it When you park your vehicle and open the driver s door you ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you Always do this Your steering wheel will be locked and so will your ignition If you take the key with you and you have an automatic transmission it will be locked And remember to lock the doors Parking at Night Park in a lighted spot close all windows and lock your vehicle Remember to keep your valuables out of sight
222. ng off This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your windows Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle Audio Systems Your Delco Electronics audio system has been designed to operate easily and give years of listening pleasure You will get the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself with it first Find out what your Delco Electronics system can do and how to operate all its controls to be sure you re getting the most out of the advanced engineering that went into it If you have power door locks your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP you can play your audio system even after the ignition is off See Retained Accessory Power in the Index Setting the Clock Press and hold HR until the correct hour appears Press and hold MIN until the correct minute appears There will be a two second delay before the clock goes into time set mode and the colon on the display will blink while in this mode yellow blue Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and Equalizer mee doll peas Included with the Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and Equalizer are 8 convertibles only or 10 high performance speakers and a powerful 8 channel amplifier This feature requires power windows and door locks Please see your dealer for de
223. ng the bypass feature on your tape player To activate the bypass feature use the following steps 1 Turn the ignition to RUN or ACC 2 Turn the radio off 3 Press and hold the TAPE PLAY button for three seconds The tape symbol on the display will flash for two seconds indicating the feature is active 4 Insert the adapter It will power up the radio and begin playing This override routine will remain active until EJECT is pressed AM FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Equalizer If Equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the AM FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Equalizer included are four speakers Please see your dealer for details If your vehicle is equipped with the Monsoon AM FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Equalizer not shown included are 8 convertibles only or 10 high performance speakers and a powerful 8 channel amplifier This feature requires power windows and door locks Please see your dealer for details 3 10 yellow blue Playing the Radio POWER VOL Push this knob to turn the system on and off To increase volume turn the knob clockwise Turn it counterclockwise to decrease volume RECALL Press this button briefly to recall the station being played or to display the clock If you press the knob when the ignition is off the clock will show for a few seconds Finding a Station AM FM Press this button to switch between AM FM1 and FM2 The display shows your selec
224. nition key to RUN If the light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be If you must drive a short distance with the voltmeter ready to warn you if there is a problem reading in a warning zone turn off all your accessories including your air conditioning and audio system 2 79 Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part isn t working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there s a problem BRAKE If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push Or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle in the Index 2 80 yellow blue Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you ve pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service When the ignition is on th
225. ntrol knob to a comfortable setting During initial start up only if your vehicle is equipped with an optional engine coolant heater you can use it in cold weather around 20 F 8 C or lower to improve heater performance on initial start up See Engine Coolant Heater in the Index Bi Level Heating You may want to use bi level heating on cool but sunny days This setting directs cool air toward your body and warmer air toward your feet 1 Turn the air control knob to bi level 2 Turn the temperature control knob to a comfortable setting 3 Turn the fan control knob to the desired speed Ventilation For mild outside temperatures when little heating or cooling is needed you can still direct outside air through your vehicle 1 Turn the air control knob to vent 2 Turn the temperature control knob to a comfortable setting 3 Turn the fan control knob to the desired speed Defogging and Defrosting 1 Turn the air control knob to defrost 2 Turn the temperature control knob to the desired setting 3 Turn the fan control knob to the desired speed The side window defogging works equally as well in the heater blend and defrost modes yellow blue Rear Window Defogger Press the button to turn on the defogger An indicator light will come on to remind you that the defogger is on The defogger will turn off automatically after about 10 minutes of use If you turn it on again the defogger
226. o spin the wheels but you don t want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you re stuck but you must use caution If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you re stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Don t spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer yellow blue NOTICE Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transmission back and forth you can destroy your transmission For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains in the Index Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out First turn your steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around your front wheels If your vehicle has traction control you should turn the system off See Traction Control System in the Index Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning your wheels in the fo
227. of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally 4 19 Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you re going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning doesn t happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just isn t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining yellow blue Driving Through Deep Standing Water NOTICE If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you can t avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Some Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another ve
228. one hand and pull the element gently with the other hand Replacement blade elements have three plastic caps which retain two metal strips Do not remove these caps before the element is installed 6 45 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your Pontiac Warranty booklet for details Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle in the Index CAUTION Continued 6 46 yellow blue Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See Inflation Tire Pressure in this section for inflation pressure adjustment for higher speed driving Inflation Tire Pressure The Tire Loading Information label which is on the rear edge of the driver s doo
229. oo hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If your air conditioner is on turn it off yellow blue 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the window as necessary 3 If you re in a traffic jam shift to NEUTRAL N otherwise shift to the highest gear while driving AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE or THIRD 3 for automatic transmissions If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning doesn t come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there s still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while you re parked push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while you re parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down If your vehicle has the 5 7L V8 engine see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode listed previously in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 5 11 yellow blue Cooling System When you decide it s safe to lift the hood here s what you ll s
230. oolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Don t spill coolant on a hot engine When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the FULL COLD mark start your vehicle If the overheat warning continues there s one more thing you can try You can add the proper coolant mixture directly to the radiator but be sure the cooling system is cool before you do it Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap yellow blue 5 17 How to Add Coolant to the Radiator 3800 V6 Engine NOTICE Your engine has a specific radiator fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged 5 18 yellow blue You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops Don t press down while turning the pressure cap If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pr
231. or or hatch was opened Tum the ignition to RUN For more information on customizing the features mentioned here see Feature Customization in the Index 2 16 yellow blue PASS Key II Your vehicle is equipped with the PASS Key II Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key II is a passive theft deterrent system It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition PASS Key II uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key that matches a decoder in your vehicle When the PASS Key II system senses that someone is using the wrong key it shuts down the vehicle s starter and fuel systems For about three minutes the starter won t work and fuel won t go to the engine If someone tries to start your vehicle again or uses another key during this time the vehicle will not start This discourages someone from randomly trying different keys with different resistor pellets in an attempt to make a match The ignition key must be clean and dry before it s inserted in the ignition or the engine may not start If the engine does not start and the SECURITY light stays on when you try to start the vehicle the key may be dirty or wet Turn the ignition off Clean and dry the key Wait about three minutes and try again The SECURITY light may remain on during this time If the starter still won t work and the key appears to be clean and dry wait about three minutes and try another
232. ore than 15 seconds between steps 1 Turn the ignition on LOC will appear on the display 2 Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display 3 Press MIN again to make the last two digits agree with your code 4 Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree with your code 5 Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down The display will show SEC indicating the radio is now operable and secure If you enter the wrong code eight times INOP will appear on the display You will have to wait an hour with the ignition on before you can try again When you try again you will only have three more chances eight tries per chance to enter the correct code before INOP appears If you lose or forget your code contact your dealer 3 18 yellow blue Disabling the Theft Deterrent Feature Enter your secret code as follows pause no more than 15 seconds between steps 1 Turn the ignition to ACC or RUN 2 Turn the radio off 3 Press the and 4 buttons together Hold them down until SEC shows on the display 4 Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display 5 Press MIN again to make the last two digits agree with your code 6 Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree with your code 7 Press AM FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down The display will show indicating that the radio is no longe
233. our Vehicle Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt Wipe vinyl leather plastic and painted surfaces with a clean damp cloth Cleaning of Fabric Carpet Your dealer has two cleaners Multi Purpose Interior Cleaner and Capture Non Solvent Dry Spot and Soil Remover for cleaning fabric and carpet They will clean normal spots and stains very well You can get GM approved cleaning products from your dealer See Appearance Care and Materials in the Index 6 55 Here are some cleaning tips Always read the instructions on the cleaner label Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set Carefully scrape off any excess stain e Use a clean cloth or sponge and change to a clean area often A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn Ifaring forms on fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately or it will set Using Multi Purpose Interior Cleaner on Fabric 1 Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt 2 Always clean a whole trim panel or section Mask surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines 3 Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on the container label to form thick suds 4 Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge Don t saturate the material and don t rub it roughly 5 As soon as you ve cleaned the section use a sponge to remove the suds 6 Wipe cleaned area with a clean damp towel or cloth 7 Wipe with a clean clot
234. our warranty yellow blue Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel wouldn t be covered by your warranty To check on fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you ll be driving You can also write us at the following address for advice Just tell us where you re going and give your Vehicle Identification Number VIN General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 yellow blue Filling Your Tank ESTEE To remove the cap turn it slowly to the left The cap Is behind a hinged door on the driver s side of counterclockwise The cap has a spring in it if you let your vehicle go of the cap too soon it will spring back to the right Gasoline vapor is highly flammable It burns violently and that can cause very bad injuries Don t smoke if you re near gasoline or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from gasoline 6 6 If you get gasoline on yourself and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the fuel filler cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is n
235. ours of tape play See Audio Systems in the Index for further details At Least Twice a Year Restraint System Check Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced 7 17 Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The air bag system does not need regular maintenance Wiper Blade Check Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield Also see Wiper Blades Cleaning in the Index Weatherstrip Lubrication Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather more frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index Manual Transmission Check Check the transmission fluid level add if needed See Manual Transmission Fluid in the Index Check for leaks A fluid loss may indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired if needed 7 18 yellow blue Automatic Transmission Check Check the transmission fluid level add
236. ous You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors aren t locked Wear safety belts properly lock your doors and you will be far better off whenever you drive your vehicle There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle From the outside use your door key If your vehicle has the Content Theft Deterrent System and it is armed unlocking and opening a door this way will set off the alarm after seven seconds unless the ignition key is inserted into the ignition See Content Theft Deterrent System in the Index 2 4 yellow blue To lock the door from the inside slide the lock control on the door rearward To unlock the door slide the lock control on the door forward Power Door Locks If Equipped Press the power door lock switch located on the driver s door to lock or unlock both doors at once Operating the power door locks may affect the Content Theft Deterrent System if you have this option See Content Theft Deterrent System in the Index The lock switch works at all times except when Lockout Prevention if equipped is programmed The unlock switch only works when the ignition is in RUN ACC or Retained Accessory Power RAP See Retained Accessory Power in the Index yellow blue Last Door Closed Locking If Equipped If you have power door locks you can program your vehicle to have a delayed locking of the doors This lets you and
237. overnment TTY Users 8 12 Reporting Safety Defects to the 8 5 Customer Assistance Offices Canadian Government 8 7 GM Mobility Program for Persons 8 13 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors with Disabilities 8 13 Ordering Service and Owner Publications 8 8 Pontiac Roadside Assistance Program in Canada 8 9 Canadian Roadside Assistance Pontiac Cares WPonTac With PONTIAC CARES you are never more than a phone call away from having your concern taken care of yellow blue The PONTIAC CARES philosophy and elements are designed to make you realize that Pontiac recognizes you as a valuable customer appreciates your purchase decision and is dedicated to taking care of the most important person YOU PONTIAC CARES is A valuable feature that comes with every Pontiac a feature that offers a multitude of benefits that can give you safety security comfort and convenience yellow blue What Makes Up Pontiac Cares Customer Satisfaction Procedure A 3 year 36 000 mile 60 000 km Bumper to Bumper Warranty Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance Courtesy Transportation All of these elements combine to make your driving experience an enjoyable one and are discussed in greater detail in your owner s manual Pontiac is focusing on the changing needs of our customers and is committed to giving you an exceptional level of customer care throughout your ownership experience Our goal is to create total custom
238. ow blue Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you have to have new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you don t your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you ve come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your new vehicle comes with an ACDelco Freedom battery When it s time for a new battery we recommend an ACDelco Freedom battery Get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label 6 37 Vehicle Storage If you re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you aren t careful See Jump Starting in the Index for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Contact your dealer to learn
239. own in the following chart yellow blue RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OLS As shown in the chart if you have the 5 7L V8 engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle However you can FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING SELECT THE LOWEST use SAE 10W 30 if it s going to be 0 F 18 C or SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE a Y above These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 HOT FOR THIS WEATHER SYMBOL SAE 10W 30 SAE 5W 30 PREFERRED COLD WEATHER DO NOT USE SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED 5 7L V8 Engine 6 15 RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING SELECT THE LOWEST SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE HOT WEATHER 7 SAE 10W 30 PREFERRED above 0 F 18 C COLD WEATHER DO NOT USE SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED 3800 V6 Engine 6 16 yellow blue As shown in the chart if you have the 3800 V6 engine SAE 10W 30 is best for your vehicle However you can use SAE 5W 30 if it s going to be colder than 60 F 16 C before your next oil change When it s very cold you should use SAE 5W 30 These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20
240. p Pocket ois re Re mee 2 55 Storage Vehicle 20 cece eee eee ee 6 38 Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow 5 37 Sun VISOIS 4 0656oies Cece deaths Secrets RISE DRE 2 58 Supplemental Restraint System 0 1 23 Symbols Vehicle 0 0 0 cee e eee ee ene v Tachometer an in E aaa AN E 2 77 Tape Player Care oso esee or em oes ee 3 21 ANCL 2 crore sonia tates dus tecta ates ida N co del dre 2 12 Theft Deterrent Alarm System 2 13 Theft Deterrent Feature 00 0000 e seas 3 17 THEFTLOCR Y 1 4561 diron ean PIS wank 3 17 Thermostat i 2n erre ee er ene S n IT Er 6 27 Third Gear Manual Transmission 2 33 2 34 Third Position Automatic Transmission 2 31 Tilt Wheel 42er toe ree CRI IOS EREE 2 43 Time Setting the 0 eee eee eee eee 3 6 Wire Chains sesei nre dag ohne ERR evRPISd PET 6 54 Tire Loading eed m at REN USERS 4 31 Tire Loading Information Label 4 31 ju EE 6 46 Alignment and Balance 0 005 6 53 Buying NOW 4 esteem emt pa enc Res 6 50 Chains 52 ter ers ierneUr EGO ERI ONERE T 6 54 Changing a Flat sor sa a Re 5 25 Cleaning eade so a oet ce Td icis 6 61 Compact Spare sci ilm e eR e m ec PIE E es 5 36 T tlation iis esce reed Saeed SERIA 6 47 yellow blue Inflation Check ce ctr bees 7 17 Inspection and Rotation 000 6 48 Loading 2 0
241. possible damage to the weatherstrips NOTICE High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle Never spray water directly at the roof panel joints This will cause leaks 1 Start with the panel marked DRIVER FRONT Unlatch the driver s side T top raise it halfway and close the latch handle 2 With the top raised and resting on the center roof rail slide the flat edge of the sunshade panel with the vinyl side to the glass between the glass and plastic trim making sure the edge marked DRIVER FRONT is pointing to the front of the vehicle 2 64 yellow blue 3 Open the latch and close the T top Check to see if there are any gaps showing Unlatch the T top and adjust the sunshade as required 4 Once the sunshade is installed properly you can stick the Velcro buttons on the glass for a proper fit every time you install the sunshades To do this first remove the T top with the sunshade installed and place it upside down on a table or bench Take care not to scratch the glass Pull the sunshade back a little and remove the backing paper from the velcro buttons Push the sunshade back into place sticking the velcro to the glass Install the T top close the latch and lock the T top Repeat the above steps for the passenger side sunshade 2 65 yellow blue Convertible Top If Equipped The following procedures explain the proper operation of your convertible top Lowering Your Conv
242. properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission rear axle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What s more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 4 33 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads 4 34 yellow b
243. r You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle 4 26 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle yellow Most of the time those places where your tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between your tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You ll have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful yellow blue What s the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold Your anti lock brakes improve your vehicle s stability snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the though you have the anti lock braking system you ll least traction of all You can get wet ice when it s about want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall pavement See Anti Lock in the Index Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews f f san pet there Allow greater follow
244. r See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE i An Emission Control Service See footnote a Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 15 000 Miles 25 000 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE SERVIC An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary An Emission Control Service See footnote T Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions n heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain 7 6 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 22 500 Miles 37 500 km DATE Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor ACTUAL SERVICED BY
245. r pressure cap and neck Pressure test PF the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service SERVICED BY 7 16 Part B Owner Checks and Services Listed in this part are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Part D At Each Fuel Fill It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil in the Index for further details Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant in the Index for further details yellow blue Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if necessary See Windshield Washer Fluid in the Index for further details At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures See Tires in the Index for further details Cassette Deck Service Clean cassette deck Cleaning should be done every 50 h
246. r shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they re cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km If you ll be driving at high speeds e g speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or to 38 psi 265 kPa whichever is lower See the example below When you end this high speed driving return to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire Loading Information label Example You ll find maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 38 psi 265 kPa yellow blue NOTICE Don t let anyone tell you that underinflation or overinflation is all right It s not If your tires don t have enough air underinflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat Tire overloading Bad wear Bad handling Bad fuel economy If your tires have too much air overinflation you can get the following Unusual wear Bad handling Rough ride Needless damage from road hazards 6 47 When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Don t forget your compact spare tire I
247. r passing and you re Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down You ll shift down to the next gear and have more power THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving however it offers more power and lower fuel economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Here are some times you might choose THIRD 3 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D When driving on hilly winding roads When towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears When going down a steep hill SECOND 2 This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on yellow blue NOTICE Don t drive in SECOND 2 for more than 25 miles 40 km or at speeds over 55 mph 88 km h or you can damage your transmission Use AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D or THIRD 3 as much as possible Don t shift into SECOND 2 unless you are going slower than 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage your engine FIRST 1 This position if equipped gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than SECOND 2 You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the gearshift lever is put in first gear the transmission won t shift into FIRST 1
248. r secured If the code entered is incorrect SEC will appear on the display The radio will remain secured until the correct code is entered When battery power is removed and later applied to a secured radio the radio won t turn on and LOC will appear on the display To unlock a secured radio see Unlocking the Theft Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss earlier in this section Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped If your vehicle has this feature you can control certain radio and compact disc functions using the buttons on your steering wheel yellow blue VOLUME Press the up or down arrow to increase or decrease volume PLAY Press this button to play a cassette tape or compact disc when the radio is playing MUTE Press this button to silence the system Press it again to turn on the sound SEEK Press the up arrow to tune to the next radio station and the down arrow to tune to the previous radio station If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing the player will advance with the up arrow and reverse with the down arrow PRESET Press this button to hear the radio stations that are set on your pushbuttons Pressing this button while playing a tape will cause the tape to change sides If it is pressed while playing a CD the CD random feature can be turned off and on AM FM Press this button to select AM FM1 or FM2 If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing the tape or disc will stop playin
249. r separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not needed However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle yellow blue Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your veh
250. r to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to replace the air filter See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index 6 18 yellow blue Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Don t drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off NOTICE If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you re driving Air Filter Replacement To remove the air filter 1 Unlatch the two clamps located on the front of the filter 2 Lift the cover and remove the air filter 3 Replace the filter yellow blue 6 19 4 Close the cover without overlap the clamp will not latch with overlap and latch the clamps 6 20 yellow blue Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change both the fluid and filter every 15 000 miles 25 000 km if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mo
251. r vehicle s engine Delco Electronics radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added improperly So before adding sound equipment check with your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units Care of Your Cassette Tape Player A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound quality ruined cassettes or a damaged mechanism Cassette tapes should be stored in their cases away from contaminants direct sunlight and extreme heat If they aren t they may not operate properly or may cause failure of the tape player Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every 50 hours of use Your radio may display CLN to indicate that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without resetting the tape clean timer If this message appears on the display your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned It will still play tapes but you should clean it as soon as possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player If you notice a reduction in sound quality try a known good cassette to see if it is the tape or the tape player at fault If this other cassette has no improvement in sound quality clean the tape player yellow blue The recommended cleaning method for your cassette tape player is the use of a scrubbing action non abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub the tape hea
252. rakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating If you are towing a trailer and you have an automatic transmission with overdrive you may prefer to drive in THIRD 3 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D or as you need to a lower gear Or if you have a manual transmission with FIFTH 5 or SIXTH 6 gear and you are towing a trailer it s better not to use FIFTH 5 or SIXTH 6 gear Just drive in FOURTH 4 drive in FIFTH 5 if you have a six speed manual transmission or as you need to a lower gear yellow blue Parking on Hills When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you Start your engine You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes e Shift into a gear and wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged Release the parking brake 2 Letup on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P yet or into gear for a manual transmission 2
253. ranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Plan Ahead When Possible When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If it is determined that your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately and is still operative you are encouraged to drive the vehicle until scheduling can be accomplished If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same day repair 8 10 yellow blue Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait Pontiac helps minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealerships can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes a one way shuttle ride to a destination up to 10 miles from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs rei
254. re change sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Damage caused by the use of coolant other than DEX COOL is not covered by your new vehicle warranty If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they aren t your vehicle needs service How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank If you haven t found a problem yet but the coolant level isn t at the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL engine coolant at the coolant recovery tank See Engine Coolant in the Index for more information Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid like alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you wouldn t get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant yellow blue NOTICE In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 15 5 16 yellow blue You can be burned if you spill c
255. re of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant yellow blue NOTICE If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost wouldn t be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system NOTICE If you use the proper coolant you don t have to add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to improve the system These can be harmful 6 29 yellow blue Checking Coolant 5 7L V8 Engine Only If this light comes on and stays on it means you re low on engine coolant Adding Coolant to the Recovery Tank The vehicle must be on a level surface When your If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL engine is cold check the dipstick on the cap of the coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank but only coolant recovery tank The coolant level should be at when your engine is cool If the tank is very low or COLD or a little higher When your engine is warm the empty also add coolant to the radiator See Engine level on the dipstick should be up to HOT or a Overheating in the Index for information little higher 6 30 Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Nev
256. re to change your oil every 3 000 miles 5 000 km or sooner Remember to reset the OIL CHANGE Light whenever the oil is changed yellow blue How to Reset the Oil Change Light After changing the engine oil the system must be reset With the ignition key in RUN with the engine turned off push the TRIP OIL RESET button located on the instrument panel for 12 seconds The OIL CHANGE light will start to flash to confirm that the system is reset The reset is complete when the OIL CHANGE light goes out What to Do with Used Oil Did you know that used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Don t let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly throw away clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a real threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all free flowing oil from the filter before disposal Don t ever dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help 6 17 Engine Air Cleaner Filter Refe
257. reak In New Vehicle 0 000000 cea 2 22 Brightness Control 00 0 c eee eee eee ee 2 52 BTSI Check REPRE seine es ans 2 30 7 19 Bulb Replacement 0 000 000 0c oers 6 38 Center High Mounted Stoplamp 6 41 Front Parking Turn Signal 0 6 41 Headlamps cc RR meme hme 6 39 RearLamps 2 2 n eee Rer me RR es 6 42 Rear Sidemarker 00 00 0000 eee eae 6 43 Canada Ordering Service and Owner Publications 8 14 Canadian Roadside Assistance 0000 000s 8 9 Capacities and Specifications llle luus 6 71 Carbon Monoxide 2 11 2 41 4 30 4 36 Cargo COVer iiiassss e em e Rx rh eee ars 2 56 Cassette Deck Service nn ununa unnan ranne 7 17 9 2 yellow blue Cassette Tape Player sav scence RR mec 3 6 Care ssserseekso esu ka veu KR EE EES EET ETT 3 21 lo MED 3 9 CD Adapter Kits isa cce eese RH saan 3 9 Center High Mounted Stoplamp Bulb Replacement 6 41 Certification Tire Label 00 0000 4 31 Chains Safety besos hte ed ear x ene 4 36 Chains Tire iiio RR RD RR CC ER G YE EYES 6 54 Changing a Flat Tire lille esee esses 5 25 Check Automatic Transmission esses ees 7 18 Brake Transmission Shift Interlock 2 30 7 19 Engine Coolant Level 00 2000 7 17 Engine Oil Level 0 00 00 00 0 cane 7 17 Hydraulic Clutch 0 0 00 0 ee
258. return to playing speed The radio will play the last selected station while the tape reverses You may select stations during REV operation by using SEEK or TUNE FWD 6 Press this button to advance quickly to another part of the tape Press the button again to return to playing speed The radio will play the last selected station while the tape advances You may select stations during FWD operation by using SEEK or TUNE AM FM Press this button to play the radio when a tape is in the player TAPE PLAY Press this button to change to the tape function when the radio is on The tape symbol with an arrow will appear on the display when the tape is active To return to playing the radio press the AM FM button EJECT Press this button to remove the tape The radio will play EJECT may be activated with either the ignition or radio off Cassettes may be loaded with the radio off if this button is pressed first yellow blue CLN If this message appears on the display the cassette tape player needs to be cleaned It will still play tapes but you should clean it as soon as possible to prevent damage to the tapes and player See Care of Your Cassette Tape Player in the Index After you clean the player press and hold EJECT for five seconds to reset the CLN indicator The radio will display to show the indicator was reset CD Adapter Kits It is possible to use a CD adapter kit with your cassette tape player after activati
259. rward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that doesn t get you out after a few tries you may need to be towed out If you do need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle in the Index 5 37 yellow blue f NOTES 5 38 yellow blue Y Section 6 Service and Appearance Care Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle This section begins with service and fuel information and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels There is also technical information about your vehicle and a part devoted to its appearance care 6 2 Service 6 38 6 3 Fuel 6 46 6 5 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6 55 6 6 Filling Your Tank 6 55 6 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6 57 6 9 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 58 6 12 Engine Oil 6 59 6 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 6 61 6 20 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6 24 Manual Transmission Fluid 6 62 6 26 Hydraulic Clutch 6 63 6 27 Rear Axle 6 64 6 27 Thermostat 6 64 6 28 Engine Coolant 6 65 6 31 Power Steering Fluid 6 71 6 32 Windshield Washer Fluid 6 71 6 34 Brakes 6 72 6 37 Battery 6 73 Bulb Replacement Tires Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Care of Safety Belts Cleaning Glass Surfaces Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels If Equipped Underbody Maintenance GM Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Vehicle Identification Number VIN Serv
260. s buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers and have them repaired or replaced The air bag system does not need regular maintenance 1 50 yellow blue Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash If you ve had a crash do you need new belts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new belts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt wasn t being used at the time of the collision If an air bag inflates you ll need to replace air bag system parts See the part on the air bag system earlier in this section yellow blue Y Section 2 Features and Controls Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your vehicle and information on starting shifting and braking Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you
261. s service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 6 52 yellow blue Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading eithe
262. s the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle in the Index for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity yellow blue If you re using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B If you have a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 12 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer 4 35 Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Tire Loading label at the rear edge of the driver s door or see Loading Your Vehicle in the Index Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intende
263. sengers safe Turn on your hazard flashers yellow blue Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you ve been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you have no blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful 4 29 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You can t see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow doesn t collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that s away from the wind This will help keep CO out Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 30 yellow blue Then shut the engine off and close the window
264. sh or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 yellow blue Ordering Service and Owner Publications in Canada Service manuals owner s manuals and other service literature are available for purchase for all current and past model General Motors vehicles The toll free telephone number for ordering information in Canada is 1 800 668 5539 8 13 yellow blue 1999 PONTIAC SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing it in with your check money order or credit card information to Helm Incorporated address below CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1999 PONTIAC SERVICE MANUALS Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc RETAIL SELL PRICE 90 00 TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE TRANSFER CASE UNIT REPAIR MANUAL This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for the 1999 GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases RETAIL SELL PRICE 50 00 SERVICE BULLETINS Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instr
265. silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels yellow blue Cleaning Tires To clean your tires use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner NOTICE When applying a tire dressing always take care to wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle Petroleum based products may damage the paint finish and tires Sheet Metal Damage If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to the parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection 6 61 Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into a major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer or other service outlets Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed accelerated corrosion rust can occur on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and other
266. ss or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Don t let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 4 24 yellow blue Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain If you drive regularly in steep country or if you re planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transmission These parts can work hard on mountain roads Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear wh
267. symbol button again or turn the ignition to ON This feature will not work if your ignition is on or if the transmitter is 30 feet 9 m or more away from your vehicle Transmitter Verification If Equipped This feature provides feedback to the holder of the remote keyless entry transmitter that a command has been received by the keyless entry receiver The parking lamps will flash on every lock and unlock command and the horn will sound only if the LOCK button is pressed twice within five seconds This allows for silent operation of locking and unlocking unless a confirming horn chirp is desired Other options may be selected for this feature see Feature Customization in the Index Matching Transmitter s To Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your dealer When the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have only four transmitters matched to it Have each transmitter you intend to match ready for the next steps To match transmitters to your vehicle 1 Turn the ignition to RUN then to OFF This will
268. system goes into an armed wait mode waiting for the doors to close Once they are closed the system will arm the horn chirps twice and the parking lamps will flash If the hatch is open or ajar at the time the system is arming the horn will only chirp once Power Door Lock Switch Locking If any door is open when the power door lock switch is pressed the system goes into an armed wait mode waiting for the doors to close Once they are closed the system will arm and the parking lamps will flash If both doors are closed when the lock switch is pressed the system assumes you are inside the vehicle so it will not arm Locking the doors by using the manual door locks will not arm the system 2 15 Passive Arming If the ignition was just turned off and a door was opened the system will arm six seconds after both doors are closed whether or not you lock them In all other cases the system will wait 30 seconds after both doors are closed before arming allowing you time to get into the vehicle and put the key in the ignition The parking lamps will flash when the system arms Passive arming is not enabled from the factory Disarming the System There are two ways to disarm the system Press the UNLOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter If the horn chirps two or three times when you unlock the car the alarm sounded in your absence Two chirps means that the shock sensor was set off and three chirps means that a do
269. t 9 m away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicle Your keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment yellow blue This system has a range of about 3 feet 1 m up to 30 feet 9 m At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See the instructions that follow Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the locatio
270. t just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you 4 37 Making Turns NOTICE Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop 4 38 yellow blue When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your b
271. t steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly yellow blue Off Road Recovery Passing You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a edge of a road onto the shoulder while you re driving two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver OFF ROAD RECOVERY Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing f d surface dE Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the If
272. t Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have your full size tire repaired or replaced where you want Of course it s best to replace your spare with a full size tire as soon as you can Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again 5 36 yellow blue NOTICE When the compact spare is installed don t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Don t use your compact spare on other vehicles And don t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They won t fit Keep your spare tire and its wheel together NOTICE Tire chains won t fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Don t use tire chains on your compact spare If You re Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need t
273. t by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 5 32 9 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a criss cross sequence as shown yellow blue Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 100 Ib ft 140 N m 5 33 yellow blue Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools NOTICE Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place 5 34 yellow blue Replace the jack wheel wrench and flat tire using the storage instructions When you replace the trim panel be sure to tuck it under the weatherstrip 1 Trim Panel Bolt Cover Jack Wing Nut Adapter Compact Spare Tire Full Size Tire Carpet Flap v 0 3 O0 t B wWN e Tire Storage Bolt O Trunk Access Panel Convertible Only Knob N 5 35 Compac
274. t should be at 60 psi 420 kPa How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You can t tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 6 000 to 8 000 miles 10 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It s Time for New Tires and Wheel Replacement later in this section for more information 6 48 yellow blue The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index for scheduled rotation intervals If you don t have P245 50ZR 16 Goodyear Eagle GS C tires or P275 40ZR17 Goodyear Eagle F1 GS tires use the rotation pattern shown above for your tires yellow blue After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire Loading Information label Make certain that all wheelnuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque in the Index Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can mak
275. t the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transmission shift lever in PARK P or shift a manual transmission to FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 3 Turn off the engine To be even more certain the vehicle won t move you can put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side of the vehicle at the opposite end yellow blue The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you ll need is in the rear area behind the trim panel on the passenger s side First you must remove the cargo cover See Cargo Cover in the Index 5 25 On convertible models you must also remove the trunk access panel It s at the upper back of the trunk Turn the two wing fasteners under the trunk edge a quarter turn counterclockwise to remove the panel yellow If you have speakers in the trim panel you may have to disconnect the wire from the speaker The speaker wire may be long enough to remove the trim panel without disconnecting the wire Find the plastic screw heads in the trim panel over the spare tire See Compact Spare Tire in the Index for more information about the compact spare Use a coin or a key to turn the screw heads until the slots point front and back to the unlock position Gently lift the trim panel s front forward edge and remove the panel To remove the
276. t to the lamp to turn it on The lamps will also go on when a door is opened yellow blue Retained Accessory Power RAP Your vehicle is equipped with a Retained Accessory Power RAP feature which will allow certain features of your vehicle to continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned to OFF Your convertible top power windows and audio system will work when the ignition key is in RUN or ACC Once the key is turned from RUN to OFF these features will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until either door is opened Your power door unlock and remote hatch release features will work when the ignition key is in RUN or ACC or if either door is open Once the key is turned to OFF these features will continue to work for up to 10 minutes If either door is open and the ignition key is off these features will continue to work until both doors have been closed for about 30 seconds or until the theft deterrent system arms At that time both the power door unlock and remote hatch release features will be disabled to enhance the security of the vehicle The power door lock function will work at all times except when Lockout Prevention is enabled See Lockout Prevention in the Index 2 53 Mirrors Inside Day Night Rearview Mirror An inside rearview mirror is attached to your windshield The mirror has pivots so that you can adjust it You can adjust the mirror for day or night driving Pull the ta
277. tails Playing the Radio POWER VOL Push this knob to turn the system on and off To increase volume turn the knob clockwise Turn it counterclockwise to decrease volume RECALL Display the time with the ignition off by pressing this button When the radio is playing press this knob to recall the station frequency Finding a Station AM FM Press this button to switch between AM FM1 and FM2 The display shows your selection TUNE Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to choose radio stations Push the knob back into its stored position when you re not using it SEEK Press the up or down arrow to go to the next higher or lower station and stay there PUSHBUTTONS The six numbered pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations You can set up to 18 stations six AM six FM1 and six FM2 Just 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press AM FM to select the band 3 Tune in the desired station yellow blue 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until SET appears on the display Whenever you press that numbered button the station you set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone EQUALIZER A seven band equalizer is part of your audio system Slide the levers up to boost or down to reduce frequency range Adjusting the Speakers BAL Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to move the sound to the left or right speakers The middle position balances the sound b
278. tem will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The traction control system automatically comes on whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to You should turn the traction control system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle in the Index 4 10 yellow blue To turn the system off press the TCS button located at the front of the console The light on the button will go off and the traction control system warning light will come on and stay on If the traction control system is limiting wheel spin when you press the button the light on the button will go off and the warning light will come on but the system won t turn off right away It will wait until there s no longer a current need to limit wheel spin You can turn the system back on at any time by pressing the button again The light on the button should come on and the traction control system warning light should go off Braking in Emergencies With anti lock you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will tak
279. the headlamps have to be turned on manually when you need them On Canadian and non Canadian vehicles when the headlamps are turned on the front turn signal lamps will go out When you use your turn signals the front turn signal lamp and the taillamp on the desired side will flash As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it Fog Lamps Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions Your parking lamps must be on or your fog lamps won t work yellow blue Your fog lamp switch is located on your console To turn the fog lamps on push the right side of the fog lamp switch and a light on the switch will come on indicating that the fog lamps are on Push the left side of the fog lamp switch to turn the fog lamps off The fog lamps will go off whenever your high beam headlamps come on When the high beam headlamps go off the fog lamps will come on again If your vehicle is equipped with the Content Theft Deterrent System and your fog lamp switch is on the fog lamps may flash to indicate operation of the Content Theft Deterrent System See Content Theft Deterrent System in the Index 2 51 Interior Lamps Instrument Panel Brightness Control The thumbwheel controls the brightness of your instrument panel lights Move the thumbwheel to brighten or dim the lights If you move the thumbwheel all the way up your courtesy lamps will come on 2 52 yello
280. the parking brake 2 37 yellow blue Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transmission Only It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Don t leave your vehicle with the 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding in the engine running unless you have to button on the lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of your vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 38 Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you don t shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P in the Index When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur
281. ting Mode 5 9 Overheating gcse Acisesicinds wade Sen rR EREE Ea 5 9 Reduced Power Light 00000 2 90 Running While Parked 0 000 2 41 Specifications eb rx ry be eR EET 6 72 Starting YOUE ii swede tee ER tahun Lee 2 25 Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing 4 40 Engine Oll 25d eto Aai E ostio ERA 6 12 Adding 6356s ed aes o ie haa Im Cx ed 6 13 Additives sereias eiai ied ol ae ones 6 17 Ch cking ede RE RR Y RES NI RE PEE T 6 13 Used eee ere bk RpeHEERE ed Eales RO ERE 6 17 What Kind to Use 2 eee eee 6 14 When to Charnse eee Everyone xo 6 17 Ethanol i255 cepe E EREF REEL seated 4 6 5 Exhaust Engine 000005 2 11 2 41 4 30 Exterior Lamps s ee erien rete tree 2 49 Fabric Carpet Gleanilis 222 ec eREEROES 6 55 Feature Customization 0 000000000008 2 18 Driver s Door Alarm Delay Shock Sensor Enable 2 21 Entering Programming Mode 2 18 Exit Lighting Delayed Illumination 2 19 2 53 Last Door Closed Locking Lockout Prevention 2 19 Leaving Programming Mode uu 2 22 Remote Keyless Entry Verification 2 20 Theft Deterrent Arming Method 2 21 Theft Deterrent Arming Verification 2 20 Features and Controls 0 0c c eee eee eee eee 2 1 Fifth Gear Manual Transmission 2 33 2 34 Filling a Portable Fuel Container
282. tion TUNE Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to choose radio stations Push the knob back into its stored position when you re not using it SEEK Press the up or down arrow to go to the next higher or lower station and stay there PUSHBUTTONS The six numbered pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations You can set up to 18 stations six AM six FM1 and six FM2 Just Turn the radio on 2 Press AM FM to select the band 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until SET appears on the display Whenever you press that numbered button the station you set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone EQUALIZER A seven band equalizer is part of your audio system Slide the levers up to boost or down to reduce frequency range Adjusting the Speakers BAL Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to move the sound to the left or right speakers The middle position balances the sound between the speakers FADE Press this knob lightly so it extends Turn it to move the sound to the front or rear speakers The middle position balances the sound between the speakers Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you re not using them Playing a Compact Disc Insert a disc partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in If the ignition and the radio are on the disc will begin playing If you want
283. tion it could save your radio NOTICE If you leave your radio on it could be badly damaged The repairs wouldn t be covered by your warranty Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You don t need to add water to the ACDelco Freedom battery installed in every new GM vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present yellow blue Check that the jumper cables don t have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive and negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part Don t connect positive to negative or you ll get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And don t connect negative to negative on the dead battery as this can cause sparks Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Don t get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the plac
284. tires If you have other tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the rear tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle Appearance Care Remember cleaning products can be hazardous Some are toxic Others can burst into flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space When you use anything from a container to clean your vehicle be sure to follow the manufacturer s warnings and instructions And always open your doors or windows when you re cleaning the inside Never use these to clean your vehicle Gasoline Benzene Naphtha Carbon Tetrachloride Acetone Paint Thinner Turpentine Lacquer Thinner Nail Polish Remover They can all be hazardous some more than others and they can all damage your vehicle too yellow blue Don t use any of these unless this manual says you can In many uses these will damage your vehicle e Alcohol Laundry Soap Bleach Reducing Agents Cleaning the Inside of Y
285. to insert a disc when the ignition is off first press EJECT yellow blue If you re driving on a very rough road or if it s very hot the disc may not play and E error and a number may appear on the radio display If the disc comes out it could be that The disc is upside down Itis dirty scratched or wet The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error can t be corrected please contact your dealer If your radio displays an error number write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem PREV 1 Press this button or the SEEK down arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played If you hold the button or press it more than once the player will continue moving back through the disc NEXT 2 Press this button or the SEEK up arrow to go to the start of the next track If you hold the button or press it more than once the player will continue moving forward through the disc 3 11 RDM 3 Press this button to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order The display will show RDM Press RDM again to turn off random play REV 5 Press and hold this button to quickly reverse within a track Release it to play the passage You will hear sound at a reduced volume The display will show elapsed time FWD 6 Press and hold this button to quickly advance within a track You
286. tor knob clockwise If the headlamp doors aren t working properly see your dealer for help 2 50 yellow blue Daytime Running Lamps Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset For Canadian vehicles a light sensor on top of the instrument panel automatically turns the headlamps on so be sure it isn t covered The DRL system will not activate if the park brake is engaged prior to turning the ignition on The DRL system will make your front turn signal lamps come on when the ignition is on the headlamp switch is OFF the parking brake is released and itis bright enough outside on Canadian vehicles When the DRL are on only your front turn signal lamps will be on The taillamps sidemarker and other lamps won t be on Your instrument panel won t be lit up either When you use your turn signals the front turn signal and the taillamp of the desired side will flash For Canadian vehicles when it s dark enough outside your front turn signal lamps will go out and your headlamps will come on The other lamps that come on with your headlamps will also come on When it s bright enough outside the regular lamps will go off and your front turn signal lamps will come on On a non Canadian vehicle
287. torage space To fold the seatback down 1 Pull forward on both levers 2 Fold the seatback down To raise the seatback 1 Pull it up to the locked upright position 2 Be sure both latches hold the seatback in place Have them fixed if they don t Safety Belts They re for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts And it explains the Supplemental Restraint System SRS or air bag system Don t let anyone ride where he or she can t wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you re not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too yellow blue It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has a light that comes on as a reminder to buckle up See Safety Belt Reminder Light in the Index
288. trument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your engine specifications and replacement parts 6 64 yellow blue Service Parts Identification Label You ll find this label located on the rear edge of the driver s door It s very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label is your VIN the model designation paint information and a list of all production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment NOTICE Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an air bag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Vehicle in the Index Headlamps The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off or in some cases to remain off If this happens have
289. u accelerate very quickly from a stop 30 mph 48 km h when accelerating to highway speeds 45 mph 72 km h when accelerating to highway speeds 2 35 yellow blue Parking Brake To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can push in the To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and release button Hold the release button in as you move pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake lever all the way down the brake system warning light will come on 2 36 yellow blue NOTICE automatic Transmisi NOTICE Automatic Transmission Only Driving with the parking brake on can cause your parking brakes to overheat You may have to replace them and you could also damage other parts of your vehicle It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll see Towing a Trailer in the Index That section shows If you have left the engine running the vehicle what to do first to keep the trailer from moving can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you re pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer in the Index 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set
290. uctions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 OWNER S INFORMATION Owner publications are written directly for Owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 20 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 15 00 CURRENT amp PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle OR ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover yellow blue ORDER TOLL FREE Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt Please allow adequate time for postal NOTE For Credit Card Holders Only service If further information is needed write to the address shown below or call 1 800 551 4123 1 800 551 4123 Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM EST information within 30 days of delivery On returns a re stocking fee may be applied FAX Orders Only 1 313 865 5927 against the original order sevenn
291. ue to spray until you release the paddle The wipers will clear the window and wipe a few more times before stopping or returning to the previous setting See Windshield Washer Fluid in the Index In freezing weather don t use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision 2 46 yellow blue Cruise Control Option With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h When you apply your brakes or push the clutch pedal manual transmission the cruise control shuts off Cruise control can be dangerous where you can t drive safely at a steady speed So don t use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Don t use cruise control on slippery roads If your vehicle is in cruise control when the optional traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage See Traction Control System in the Index When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may turn the cruise control back on yellow blue Setting Cruise Contro
292. untainous terrain Uses such as high performance operation When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter every 50 000 miles 83 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index How to Check Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick NOTICE Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C At high speed for quite a while In heavy traffic especially in hot weather While pulling a trailer yellow blue To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it s colder than 50 F 10 C drive the vehicle in AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE
293. ur vehicle comes with this feature set in Mode 4 To change the factory setting do the following 1 Turn the parking lamps on and off 2 Count the number of chimes you hear The number of chimes tells you which mode your vehicle is set for 3 Turn the parking lamps on and off until you hear the number of chimes that corresponds to the mode selection you want Mode 1 Zero Delay and Shock Sensor Disabled The alarm will sound immediately if the driver s door is opened with your key and the shock sensor will not be available to measure sharp blows to your vehicle 2 21 Mode 2 Eight Second Delay and Shock Sensor Disabled The alarm will sound eight seconds after the driver s door is opened with your key and the shock sensor will not be available to measure sharp blows to your vehicle Mode 3 Zero Delay and Shock Sensor Enabled The alarm will sound immediately after the driver s door is opened with your key and the shock sensor will be available to measure sharp blows to your vehicle Mode 4 Eight Second Delay and Shock Sensor Enabled The alarm will sound eight seconds after the driver s door is opened with your key and the shock sensor will be available to measure sharp blows to your vehicle Leaving Programming Mode When programming is done turn the ignition to OFF and replace the RADIO fuse 2 22 yellow blue New Vehicle Break In NOTICE Your vehicle doesn t need an elaborate break in
294. ure that it is stored securely in the correct storage slot with the T top handle closed 1 Open the cargo cover completely Place the panel in the correct slot DRIVER or PASSENGER in the rear area of your vehicle Make sure the handle is open and facing you when you put it in the storage slot 2 61 yellow blue Installing the Twin Lift Off Roof Panels An improperly attached roof panel may fall into or fly off the vehicle You or others could be injured After installing the roof panel always check that it is firmly attached by pushing up on the underside of the panel Check now and then to be sure the roof panel is firmly in place Reverse the steps to install the T top panels 2 Push the handle closed to secure the panel in the slot To lock each panel in the storage area use your door key 2 62 yellow blue 1 When installing the panels to the roof keep the 2 After the inboard edge of the panel is in position under outboard edge of the panel raised about three inches the center roof rail lower the outboard edge of the 8 cm above the roof while placing the inboard edge panel into position close the latch and lock the T top of the panel under the center roof 2 63 yellow blue T Top Sunshades NOTICE Do not attempt to install the panels by sliding them horizontally toward the center roof rail Doing so may cause the weatherstrips to be aligned improperly which may result in leaks and
295. ure there are no objects in the way of the folded stored top The weight of a TOF SEN stored top on items in the storage area will cause the convertible top back glass to break 2 Unlock the front of the convertible top by pushing on the smaller part of the latch then pulling down on the The switch is on the console in front of the gearshift larger part of the latch Be sure the hook on the latch lever The top will automatically lower into the that attaches into the hole at the windshield releases storage area 2 68 yellow blue Installing the Boot Cover 3 Install the two side covers by inserting the tab into the front seatbelt cover Lower the covers onto the vehicle After lowering the convertible top you may want to install the boot cover The three piece boot cover is stored in a bag in the hatch 4 Install the middle section of the cover by sliding the tabs into the slots on the right side cover Lower the cover and insert the latch 1 Flip the two convertible top latches to the closed position Close the hatch 2 Open the hatch and remove the two side covers and Sy lose Re ate middle section from the storage bag 2 69 yellow blue Removing Your Boot Cover 2 Remove the two side pieces of the boot cover by lifting the rear cover and sliding them out of 1 Open the hatch Remove the middle piece of the their slots cover by pushing in on the latch and lifting up on the cover
296. urn signal lever all the way toward you Then release it yellow blue Windshield Wipers You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it located on the turn signal multifunction lever For a single wiping cycle turn the band to MIST Hold it there until the wipers start then let go The wipers will stop after one cycle If you want more cycles hold the band on MIST longer You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay between wipes This can be very useful in light rain or snow Turn the band to choose the delay time The closer to LO the shorter the delay For steady wiping at low speed turn the band away from you to the LO position For high speed wiping turn the band further to HI To stop the wipers turn the band to OFF Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they re frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers A circuit breaker will stop them until the motor cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload 2 45 Windshield Washer There is a paddle with the word PUSH on it at the top of the turn signal multifunction lever To spray washer fluid on the windshield just push the paddle briefly The washer will contin
297. use a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393 or 366 0123 in the Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the hotline 8 12 yellow blue REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may write to Transport Canada 330 Sparks Street Tower C Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO GENERAL MOTORS In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you ll notify us Please call us at 1 800 PM CARES 762 2737 or write Pontiac GMC Customer Assistance Center P O Box 436008 Pontiac MI 48343 6008 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 Engli
298. ut 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 If it doesn t start right away hold your key in START for about three to five seconds at a time until your engine starts Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 25 yellow blue 3 If your engine still won t start or starts but then stops Starting Your 5 7L V8 Engine it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine After waiting about 15 seconds repeat the normal starting procedure NOTICE NOTICE 1 Without pushing the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could chan
299. uxiliary Accessory Wire Rear Defogger Switch Timer Rear Defogger Timer Relay Power Seats Aftermarket Use Only Steering Wheel Controls ACCY RADIO Wiper Motor Assembly Wiper Washer Switch Aftermarket Use Only Power Windows Switch Right Hand Left Hand Express Down Module Convertible Top Switch yellow blue Usage Door Illumination Lamp Right Hand Left Hand Headlamp Switch Fog Lamp Switch Instrument Cluster HVAC Control Assembly PRNDL Illumination Lamp Ashtray Lamp Radio Rear Window Defogger Switch Timer Traction Control Switch TCS Convertible Top Switch Aftermarket Use Only Body Control Module BCM Radio Amplifier Steering Wheel Controls Radio Underhood Electrical Center 1043 Y ABS BAT SOL TCS BAT COOL FAN PCM BAT FUEL PUMP AIR PUMP LH HOLP DR RH HDLP DR HORN FOG LAMP HORN ABS BAT 1 HIL DR HORN ABS BAT 2 COOL FAN FAN 3 FAN 2 V FAN 1 FRO1 Fuse Fuse and Relay Center 1 ABS BAT SOL TCS BAT COOL FAN Usage Anti Lock Brake System Traction Control System Cooling Fan Control Fuse PCM BAT FUEL PUMP AIR PUMP LH HDLP DR RH HDLP DR HORN ABS BAT 1 H L DR HORN ABS BAT 2 COOL FAN Relay FOG LAMP HORN FAN 3 FAN 2 FAN 1 yellow blue Usage Powertrain Control Module PCM Fuel Pump A I R Pump Relay and
300. vice Inspect fuel tank cap and lines for damage or leaks Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnoteT Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote SERVICED BY 7 14 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 97 500 Miles 162 500 km Check Oil Life Monitor If engine oil and filter are changed reset monitor See Engine Oil in the Index MILEAGE An Emission Control Service See footnote bo Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 100 000 Miles 166 000 km An Emission Control Service MILEAGE SERVIC Replace spark plugs 4 O An Emission Control Service If you haven t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed previously and therefore haven t changed your automatic transmission fluid change both the fluid and filter Manual transmission fluid doesn t require change 7 15 yellow blue Scheduled Maintenance 150 000 Miles 240 000 km Drain flush and refill cooling system or every 60 months since last service whichever occurs first See Engine Coolant in the Index for what to use MILEAGE Inspect hoses Clean radiator condense
301. vice and Owner system won t work properly See your dealer Publications in the Index for service Some modules also record speed engine RPM brake and throttle data For up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an air bag can still inflate during improper service You NOTICE If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s air bag the bag may not can be injured if you are close to an air bag when it inflates Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape or yellow connectors They are probably part of the air bag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so work properly You may have to replace the air bag module in the steering wheel or both the air bag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s air bag Do not open or break the air bag coverings The air bag system does not need regular maintenance 1 28 Rear Seat Passengers It s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who aren t safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts an e 7 Lap Shoulder Belt The rear seats have l
302. w blue Courtesy Lamps When either door is opened several interior lamps go on These lamps are courtesy lamps They make it easier for you to enter and leave your vehicle Courtesy lamps include two map lamps on the inside rearview mirror and other lamps throughout the interior of your vehicle To prevent battery rundown your interior lamps will be disabled about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to OFF The 10 minute timer will be restarted if you do any of the following Turn the ignition on Open either door Press any button on your remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped Turn the interior lamp switch from off to on Open the hatch Delayed Illumination With delayed illumination the courtesy lamps will come on and stay on for 25 seconds after you close the doors when entering the vehicle They will also stay on for five seconds after you close the doors when exiting the vehicle The times will be shortened if the ignition is turned to RUN or if the power locks are activated To turn this feature on or off see Feature Customization in the Index Exit Lighting With exit lighting the interior lamps will come on when you remove the key from the ignition to help you see while exiting the vehicle To turn this feature on or off see Feature Customization in the Index Front Map Lamps Your inside rearview mirror includes two map lamps Each lamp has its own switch Use the switch closes
303. will operate for about five minutes only You can turn the defogger off by pressing the button again The indicator light will go off when the system is turned off The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license or a decal across the defogger grid on the rear window NOTICE Don t use a razor blade or something else sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs wouldn t be covered by your warranty Ventilation System Adjust the direction of airflow by moving the vents yellow blue Your vehicle s flow through ventilation system supplies outside air into the vehicle when it is moving Outside air will also enter the vehicle when the blower fan is running For mild outside temperature when little heating or cooling is needed you can still direct outside air through your vehicle 1 Turn the air control knob to vent 2 Turn the temperature control knob to a comfortable setting 3 Turn the fan control knob to the desired speed Ventilation Tips Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice snow or any other obstruction such as leaves The heater and defroster will work far better reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows When you enter a vehicle in cold weather turn the fan control knob clockwise for a few moments before drivi
304. wing equipment to avoid damage to the bumper fascia or fog lamp areas of the vehicle To help avoid serious personal injury to you or others Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is With current trends in automotive styles and design it is being towed essential that the correct towing equipment is used to Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds tow a vehicle Your vehicle can be towed with wheel lift Never tow with damaged parts not or car carrier equipment fully secured Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if Never get under your vehicle after it has you need to have your vehicle towed See Roadside been lifted by the tow truck Assistance in the Index Always secure the vehicle on each side with separate safety chains when towing it Use only the correct hooks Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle s instrument panel You may also find a LOW COOLANT warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel 5 7L V8 engine only Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 7L V8 Engine Only Should an overheated engine condition exist and the LOW COOLANT warning light is displayed an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a loss in power and engine performance This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency you may drive up to
305. y Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle 2 78 yellow blue When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will come on for about eight seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for about 70 seconds If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on yellow blue Air Bag Readiness Light Voltmeter There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows AIR BAG The system checks the air bag s electrical system for malfunctions The light
306. y belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see the part of this manual called Children Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We ll start with the driver position Driver Position This part describes the driver s restraint system Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here s how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat to see how see Seats in the Index so you can sit up straight yellow blue Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Don t let it get twisted On convertible models the shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 1 15 If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle tilt the latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle the belt Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt isn t long enough see Safety Belt Extender at the end of this section 5 yellow Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to To make the lap part tight pull down on the buckle
307. ydrometer looks clear or light yellow Replace the battery when there is a clear or light yellow hydrometer and a cranking complaint Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it won t work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system NOTICE If the other system isn t a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged yellow blue 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries can reach but be sure the vehicles aren t touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you don t want You wouldn t be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems An electric fan can start up even when the engine To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the is not running and can injure you Keep hands parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the clothing and tools away from any underhood jump starting procedure Put an automatic electric fan transmission in PARK P before setting the parking brake Find the positive and negative terminals on each battery 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter Turn off all lamps that aren t needed as well as radios This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries In addi
308. yellow blue Y The 1999 Pontiac Firebird Owner s Manual 1 1 Seats and Restraint Systems This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly It also explains the SRS system 2 1 Features and Controls This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle 3 1 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system 4 1 Your Driving and the Road Here you ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions 5 1 Problems on the Road This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving such as a flat tire or overheated engine etc 6 1 Service and Appearance Care Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good 7 1 Maintenance Schedule This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use 8 1 Customer Assistance Information This section tells you how to contact Pontiac for assistance and how to get service and owner publications It also gives you information on Reporting Safety Defects on page 8 12 9 1 Index Here s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual You can use it to quickly find something you want to read LLLI PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name FIREBIRD are registered trade
309. you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement center line usually indicates it s all right to pass You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge line on your side of the lane or a double solid line Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic the roadway 4 13 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you re awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you re following a larger vehicle Also you won t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don t get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other cars are li

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

取扱説明書（pdf）    Livret Mode d`emploi SSI  Optimus F1872 Use and Care Manual  quantum  Downloads - Western Digital  オプトパワーメータ MODEL 225/235/230 取扱説明書  GE WWA3100G User's Manual  D-Link WAP54G User's Manual  EDU06 - Velleman  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file